Mathematics

X
Published by
Vedantu Innovations Private Limited
D. No. 1081, 3rd Floor, Vistar Arcade,
14th Main Rd, Sector 3, HSR Layout
Bangalore, Karnataka, India 560 102
www.vedantu.com

Vedantu Innovations Private Ltd.

All rights reserved. No part of this book may be reproduced or utilized in any form or by
any means, electronic or mechanical including photocopying, recording or by any
information storage and retrieval system, without permission in writing from the
publishers.

Notice : Vedantu is committed to serving students with the best of the resources and
knowledge. Bearing that in mind, we have obtained all the information in this book from
sources regarded as reliable, and taken utmost care in editing and printing this book.
However, we as authors and publishers are not to be held responsible for unintentional
mistakes that might have crept in. Having stated that, errors (if any) brought to our
notice shall be gratefully acknowledged and rectified in upcoming editions.

Printed by :
NOVA PUBLICATIONS
Ph. : 0181-5002020
Founder’s Message
Dear Student,
At Vedantu, students are the core of everything that we create and design. We believe in providing
you with a strong founda on and great resources to bring out the best shade of you. And when we
have this strong will to make our students excel we strive hard to make that happen.

I am delighted to present to you a Ready Reckoner and Prac ce Booklet by Vedantu - 'TATVA'. Tatva in
Sanskrit, means a collec on of “Core” content/truth. Isn't that what Vedantu brings to your table -
the Core? ‘Tatva’ ensures that you have easy accessibility to a collec on of all essen al concepts,
theory, defini ons and important prac ce ques ons. The best part is that all the ques ons come with
detailed solu ons.

Tatva is the result of the relentless effort and research done by our highly experienced team of
subject experts and teachers to compile relevant and impac ul content and prac ce ques ons for
you.

I will guide you through a few steps to ensure that you use the book op mally and effec vely. We
suggest star ng with the practice of ‘Tatva ques ons’ at the end of a chapter a er revision and
prac ce of basic ques ons. First solve basic level ques ons and gradually progress to the advanced
level (HOTS, Analysis, Evalua on). Tatva equips you with elaborate theory covering all concepts to
help you revise efficiently. Following these steps will help you to move ahead step by step towards
your success. As knowledge and prac ce are the perfect partners to help anyone reach the goal, so
are you and Tatva.

I wish you all the best in your endeavours.

Anand Prakash
Founder, Academic Head
Vedantu

Anand Prakash Sir has been a pioneer in producing Top Ranks in

JEE/NEET and Olympiads. He has personally taught and
mentored AIR 1, 6,7 (JEE ADVANCED) and AIR-1, 7, 9 (AIIMS),
and thousands of more students who have successfully cleared
these competitive exams in the last few years.
Credits
"Individual commitment to a group effort--that is what makes a team
work, a company work, a society work, a civilization work."
–Vince Lombardi

What happens when you have a team that is commi ed, MATHEMATICS TEAM: (Grade 6-8)
determined, focused, with a clear sense of direc on? The answer Pree Garg (Team Lead)
is obvious. Success stories are created. Among the many success Ankit Kumar Tiwari
stories woven by the super talented Vedans- a very important one
Niharika Giriman Gour
is the ‘TATVA’. Touching lives and giving have always been the
Kri Singh
essence of Vedantu and the vision of Tatva by our leadership was
also based on this very essence. The idea was to ensure that MATHEMATICS TEAM: (Grade 9-10)
Vedantu can handhold you whenever you stumble and celebrate Anil Hanuman Lomror (Team Lead)
your success with you. The Vedans-spirited as they are made it Priyanka Chawda
their goal to make this dream a reality and strived relessly Pradeep She y
towards it. We would like to acknowledge a few Vedans for their Kamna Dureja
hard work and ownership.
Sonali Chhabra
Our hear elt gra tude to our leaders who are our pillars. Vamsi
DTP
Sir, Pulkit Sir and Anand Sir who supported and encouraged us and
Chaithra S
ensured a culture which helped Vedans get engaged and excited
about work. Chethan H N
Praveen Kumar
Our gra tude to the insigh ul leadership and guidance of our
leaders who envisaged ‘Tatva’ and effec vely shared the vision Graphic Designer
and ideas with the team and relentlessly drove it to frui on and Nishad P K
success.
When you see a bunch of crea ve minds with indelible spirit and
• Sahil Bha a • Shubam Gupta
contagious energy, you know that it's our media team. A loud
• Arshad Shahid • Bidisha Das shout out for them.
The managers who understood the vision and executed it
Shreyosi Biswas
successfully and immaculately.
Devika Ramachandran
• Charubak Chakrabar • Parthiban N
• Gowtham Y Ipsa Jain
Charubak Chakrabar
Our hear elt thanks and gra tude goes out to our passionate,
crea ve and talented team of Content developers, along with our Special thanks to the enthusias c guidance provided by Sweta
super talented DTPs and Graphic Designers who with their Rai and Dipshi She y. Last but not least, we thank Arunima Kar
phenomenal skills ensured that they curate the best possible for helping us with language.
content for you so that it helps you excel in your assessments and The journey from envisioning ‘Tatva’ to its successful comple on
bring a posi ve learning experience to you. would not have been possible without our enthusias c
Opera ons Team, our amazing Academic Team, our dedicated
team of Teachers and our talented Tech Team.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Unit I : Number System

REAL NUMBERS
Syllabus Reference
7
NCERT & BOARD Questions Corner (Remembering & Understanding Based Questions)
8
Application Based Questions (Solved)
12
Analyzing, Evaluating & Creating Type Questions (Solved)
13
Assignment-I
15
Assignment-II
16
UNIT TEST-I
17

Unit II : Algebra

POLYNOMIALS
Syllabus Reference
18
NCERT & BOARD Questions Corner (Remembering & Understanding Based Questions)
19
Application Based Questions (Solved)
24
Analyzing, Evaluating & Creating Type Questions (Solved)
25
Assignment-I
27
Assignment-II
29

PAIR OF LINEAR EQUATIONS IN TWO VARIABLES

Syllabus Reference
30
NCERT & BOARD Questions Corner (Remembering & Understanding Based Questions)
31
Application Based Questions (Solved)
45
Analyzing, Evaluating & Creating Type Questions (Solved)
45
Assignment-I
48
Assignment-II
51

QUADATIC EQUATIONS
Syllabus Reference
52
NCERT & BOARD Questions Corner (Remembering & Understanding Based Questions)
53
Application Based Questions (Solved)
58
Analyzing, Evaluating & Creating Type Questions (Solved)
60
Assignment-I
61
Assignment-II
62
UNIT TEST-II 63

Unit III : Geometry

TRIANGLES
Syllabus Reference
65
NCERT & BOARD Questions Corner (Remembering & Understanding Based Questions)
66
Application Based Questions (Solved)
80
Analyzing, Evaluating & Creating Type Questions (Solved)
81
Assignment-I
85
Assignment-II
88
UNIT TEST- 3 90

Unit IV : Trigonometry

INTRODUCTION TO TRIGONOMETRY
Syllabus Reference
92
NCERT & BOARD Questions Corner (Remembering & Understanding Based Questions)
92
Application Based Questions (Solved)
107
Analyzing, Evaluating & Creating Type Questions (Solved)
108
Assignment-I
113
Assignment-II
114

SOME APPLICATIONS OF TRIGONOMETRY

Syllabus Reference
116
NCERT & BOARD Questions Corner (Remembering & Understanding Based Questions)
117
Application Based Questions (Solved)
124
Analyzing, Evaluating & Creating Type Questions (Solved)
126
Assignment-I
129
UNIT TEST-4
131
REAL NUMBERS 7

UNIT I: NUMBER SYSTEMS

CHAPTER 1

REAL NUMBERS
Syllabus Reference A number which cannot be expressed in the form
of qp , q  0 and p, q  I, will be an irrational
 Euclid’s Division Lemma/Euclid’s Division
Algorithm: Given positive integers a and b, there number. The set of irrational numbers is generally
exist unique integers q and r satisfying, a = bq denoted by Q.
+ r, 0  r < b. This statement is nothing but a NOTE:
restatement of the long division process in which q p
1. The rational number will have a terminating
is called the quotient and r is called the remainder. q

NOTE: decimal representation only, if in standard form,

the prime factorisation of q, the denominator is of
1. Lemma is a proven statement used for proving
the form 2n 5m, where n, m are some non-negative
another statement.
integers.
2. Euclid’s Division Algorithm can be extended for p
all integers, except zero i.e., b  0. 2. The rational number will have a non-terminating
q
 HCF of two positive integers: HCF of two positive repeating (recurring) decimal representation, if in
integers a and b is the largest integer (say d) that standard form, the prime factorisation of q, the
divides both a and b (a > b) and is obtained by denominator is not of the form 2n 5m, where n, m
the following method: are some non-negative integers.

Step 1. Obtain two integers r and q, such that 3. The decimal expansion of every rational number
a = bq + r, 0  r < b. is either terminating or non-terminating repeating.
4. If p is a prime and p divides a2, then p divides a,
Step 2. If r = 0, then b is the required HCF.
where a is a positive integer.
Step 3. If r  0, then again obtain two integers
using Euclid’s Division Lemma and  For any two positive integers p and q, we have
continue till the remainder becomes zero. HCF (p, q) × LCM [p, q] = p × q
The divisor when remainder becomes zero, p×q
is the required HCF.  HCF (p, q) =
LCM[ p,q ]
 The Fundamental Theorem of Arithmetic:
p×q
Every composite number can be factorised as a and LCM [p, q] =
HCF ( p, q )
product of primes and this prime factorisation is
unique, apart from the order in which the prime  For any three positive integers a, b and c, we have
factors occur.
a×b ×c×LCM [ a, b, c]
HCF (a, b, c) =
 Irrational Number: LCM[ a, b] LCM[ b, c] LCM [a, c]
A number is an irrational, if and only if, its decimal and
representation is non-terminating and non-repeating
a×b ×c× HCF ( a, b, c )
(non-recurring). LCM [a, b, c] =
HCF ( a, b )  HCF ( b, c )  HCF ( a,c )
Or
8 REAL NUMBERS

NCERT & BOARD QUESTIONS CORNER

(Remembering & Understanding Based Questions)

Short Answer Type-I Questions

1. Explain why 11 × 13 × 15 × 17 + 17 is a 40 = 23 × 5
composite number. LCM of 30, 36 and 40 = 23 × 32 × 5 = 360
Sol. 11 × 13 × 15×17 + 17= 17 (11 × 13 × 15 + 1) Hence, the required minimum distance is 360 cm.
= 17(2145 + 1) 4. Write the HCF and LCM of the smallest odd
= 17(2146) composite number and the smallest odd prime
= a composite number number. If an odd number p divides q2, then
2. Check whether 14 n can end with the digit zero will it divide q3 also? Explain.
for any natural number n. Sol. Smallest odd composite number = 9 = 32
Sol. Here, (14)n = (2 × 7)n = 2n × 7n Smallest odd prime number = 3
i.e., (14)n only has 2 and 7 as prime factors.
HCF = 3
Also, we know that prime factorisation of every
composite number (14) is unique (Fundamental and LCM = 32 = 9
2
Yes, because if p divides q , then p will divide q.
Theorem of Arithmetic).
Now, if (14)n ends with 0, then it must have 5 as Hence, p will divide q3 also.
a factor.
Hence, (14)n can never end with digit 0. 5. How many irrational numbers lie between 2
3. On a morning walk, three persons step out and 3 ? Write any two of them.
together and their steps measure 30 cm, 36 cm
and 40 cm respectively. What is the minimum Sol. Infinite irrational numbers lie between 2 and
distance each should walk so that each can cover 3 . We know that 2 = 1.414... and
the same distance in complete steps?
Sol. Here, find the LCM of 30 cm, 36 cm and 40 cm 3 = 1.732...
30 = 2 × 3 × 5 Thus, two irrational numbers lie between 2 and
36 = 22 × 32 3 are 1.4242242224 ... and 1.5050050005...
Short Answer Type-II Questions
6. State Fundamental Theorem of Arithmetic. 7. Show that any positive odd integer is of the form
Is it possible that HCF and LCM of two numbers 6q+1 or 6q + 3 or 6q +5, where q is some integer.
be 24 and 540 respectively? Justify your answer. Sol. Let ‘a’ be a positive odd integer and b = 6. Apply
Sol. Statement of Fundamental Theorem of Euclid’s Division Lemma to a and b, we have
Arithmetic: Every composite number can be a = 6q + r
factorised as a product of primes and this prime Since 0  r < 6,
factorisation is unique, apart from the order in
the possible remainders are 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
which the prime factors occur.
That is a can be 6q + 0 or 6q + 1 or 6q + 2 or
Here, HCF = 24 and LCM = 540
6q + 3 or 6q + 4 or 6q + 5, here q is the
LCM 540 45 quotient.
Let us calculate = =  integer However, since a is odd, we do not consider the
HCF 24 2
cases 6q + 0, 6q + 2 and 6q + 4, since they are
Since LCM is always a multiple of HCF, hence, divisible by 2.
two numbers cannot have HCF and LCM as 24
Hence, any odd integer is of the form 6q + 1 or
and 540 respectively.
6q + 3 or 6q + 5.
REAL NUMBERS 9
2 3 = 4q or 4q + 1
8. Prove that is an irrational number,
5 ( If q = m2 is an integer or q = m (m + 1) is
given that 3 is an irrational number. an integer)
2 3 11. Use Euclid’s Division Lemma to show that the
Sol. Let be a rational number. square of any positive integer is either of the form
5
a 2 3 3n or 3n + 1 for some integer n.
 = , b 0, a and b Z Sol. Let x be any positive integer, then it is of the form
b 5
5a 3q or 3q + 1 or 3q + 2.
= 2 3
b Now, squaring each of these, we have
5a (3q)2 = 9q2
– 2= 3
b = 3 × 3q2
5a  2 b
= 3 = 3 × some integer
b
Integer = 3 × n, where n is an integer ...(i)
= 3
Integer (3q + 1)2 = 9q2 + 6q + 1
= 3q (3q + 2) + 1
Integer = 3
= 3 × (3q2 + 2q) + 1
But, it is given that 3 is an irrational number. = 3 × some integer + 1
Thus, our supposition is wrong.
= 3 × n + 1, where n is an integer
2 3 ...(ii)
Hence, is an irrational number.
5 2 2
and (3q + 2) = 9q + 12q + 4
9. Show that any positive odd integer is of the form
= 3 × 3q2 + 3 × 4q + 3 + 1
4q + 1 or 4q + 3, where q is a positive integer.
= 3 (3q2 + 4q + 1) + 1
Sol. Let a be any positive odd integer and b = 4.
= 3 × some integer + 1
By Euclid’s division algorithm, there exist integers
q and r such that, = 3 × n + 1, where n is an integer
a = 4q + r, where 0  r < 4 ...(iii)
Thus, from (i), (ii) and (iii), we have square of
 a = 4q or 4q + 1 or 4q + 2 or 4q + 3
any positive integer is either of the form 3n or
( r = 0, 1, 2, 3) 3n + 1 for some integer n.
 a = 4q + 1 or a = 4q + 3 12. Use Euclid’s Division Lemma to show that the
( a is an odd integer a  4q and a  4q + 2) cube of any positive integer is of the form 9m or
Hence, any odd integer is of the form 4q + 1 or 9m + 1 or 9m + 8.
4q + 3. Sol. Let x be any positive integer, then it can be
expressed as 3q or 3q + 1 or 3q + 2
10. Show that the square of any positive integer is of
the form 4q or 4q + 1 for some integer q. Now, cubing each of these, we have
(3q)3 = 27q3
Sol. Let a be any positive integer.
= 9 × 3q3 = 9 × some integer
Any positive integer is of the form 2m and every
positive odd integer is of the form 2m + 1, where = 9 × m, where m is an integer ...(i)
m is some integer. (3q + 1) = 27q3 + 27q2 + 9q + 1
3

 a = 2m or 2m + 1, if a is any positive integer = 9 × (3q3 + 3q2 + q) + 1

a2 = 4m2 or (2m + 1)2 = 9 × some integer + 1
= 9 × m + 1, where m is an integer
= 4m2 or 4m2 + 4m + 1
...(ii)
= 4m2 or 4m (m + 1) + 1
10 REAL NUMBERS

and (3q + 2)3= 27q3 + 54q2 + 36q + 8 p

= 9 × (3q3 + 6q2 + 4q) + 8 3 + 5 + 2 3 5 =
q
= 9 × some integer + 8
p
= 9 × m + 8, where m is an integer  2 15 = –8
q
...(iii)
From (i), (ii) and (iii), we have cube of any p – 8q
 2 15 =
positive integer is of the form 9m or 9m + 1 or q
9m + 8 for some integer m. p – 8q
13. An army contingent of 104 members is to march  15 = = integer
2q
behind an army band of 96 members in a parade.
The two groups are to march in the same number Which is a contradiction.
of columns. What is the maximum number of 2
Hence, ( 3 + 5) is an irrational number.
columns in which they can march?
Sol. Let x be the number of columns, which should be 16. Given that 2 is irrational, prove that 5  3 2
selected in such a manner that its value is maximum is an irrational number.
and divide the numbers 104 and 96. Sol. Let 5  3 2 be a rational number.
So, let us find the HCF of 104 and 96.
a
Since 104 > 96, therefore, we start with 104 as i.e., it can be expresed as , where a and b both
dividend and 96 as divisor. b
are integers and b  0.
 104 = 1 × 96 + 8
96 = 12 × 8 + 0 a
Thus, 53 2 =
Now, remainder is zero, therefore, divisor 8 is b
the HCF. a a  5b
 3 2 = –5  2 =
Hence, the maximum number of columns in which b 3b
they can march is 8. Now, (a – 5b) is integer and 3b is also integer.
7 a – 5b
14. Prove that 2 is not a rational number.  is rational
5 3b
7
Sol. Let us assume, to the contrary that 2 is
5 But 2 is irrational [given]
rational.  Our assumption that 5  3 2 is rational, is
7 p not correct.
 2 = , q  0 and p, q  Z
5 q
Hence, 5  3 2 is an irrational number.
5p 17. Two tankers contain 620 litres and 840 litres of
 2 =
7q diesel respectively. Find the maximum capacity
 2 = a rational number. of a container which can measure the diesel of
both the tankers in exact number of times.
But this contradicts the fact that 2 is irrational.
Sol. Two tankers contain 620 litres and 840 litres of
7 diesel respectively. The maximum capacity of
Hence, 2 is not a rational number. container measure the diesel of both the tankers in
5
exact number of times must be the HCF of 620
15. Show that ( 3 + 5 ) 2 is an irrational number. and 840.
2 620 = 22 × 5 × 31
Sol. If possible, let ( 3 + 5) be a rational number.
840 = 23 × 3 × 5 × 7
p  HCF (620,840)= 22 × 5 = 20 litres
 ( 3 + 5)2 = , where q  0; p, q  I
q
REAL NUMBERS 11
Long Answer Type Questios

18. Prove that 7 is an irrational number. But this contradicts the fact that 2 is irrational.
Sol. If possible, let us assume that 7 be a rational Hence, 4  3 2 is an irrational number.
number.
20. Prove that 3  5 is irrational.
p
 7 = , q  0, where p and q are co-prime. Sol. Let us assume, to the contrary that 3  5 is a
q
rational number.
Squaring on both sides, we have
p
p2  3 5 = , q  0 and p, q  Z
7 = q
q2
p
 p2 = 7q2  3 =  5
q
2
 7 divides p  7 divides p ...(i)
Squaring both sides, we have
Let p = 7 × m, where m is an integer.
...(ii) p2 p
3 = 52 5
From (i) and (ii), we have q 2 q
(7m)2 = 7q2
 49m2 = 7q2 p p2
2 5 = 2 53
 q2 = 7m2 q q
 7 divides q2  7 divides q
 q = 7 × n, where n is an integer. ...(iii) p p2
2 5 = 2 2
From (ii) and (iii), we have 7 as a common factor q q
of p and q.
q  p2 
Which contradicts the fact that p and q are co- 5 =  2  2  = rational
prime. 2p q 
Hence, 7 is an irrational number.
Which contradicts the fact that 5 is irrational.
19. Prove that 4 – 3 2 is an irrational. Hence, 3  5 is irrational.
21. The HCF of 65 and 117 is expressible in the form
Sol. Let us assume, to contrary that 4  3 2 is a
65m – 117. Find the value of m. Also, find the
rational number.
LCM of 65 and 117 using prime factorisation
p method.
 4  3 2 = , q  0 and p, q Z
q Sol. Let us find HCF of 65 and 117.
p Here, 117 > 65
 3 2 =  4
q  117 = 1 × 65 + 52
p  4q 65 = 1 × 52 + 13
 3 2 = 52 = 4 × 13 + 0
q
Thus, HCF of 65 and 117 is 13.
p  4q Now, HCF (65, 117) i.e., 13 = 65 × m – 117
 2 =
3q  65 × m = 13 + 117
4q  p Integer  65 × m = 130
 2 = 
3q Integer 130
 m= = 2.
65
 2 = a rational number Again, LCM × HCF = 65 × 117
12 REAL NUMBERS

LCM × 13 = 65 × 117 So, the required time

65  117 = 8 a.m. + 7 minutes 12 seconds
LCM = = 5 × 117 = 8 : 7 : 12 a.m.
13
= 585. 23. Find the largest number which divides 70 and
22. The traffic lights at three different road crossings 125 leaving remainders 5 and 8 respectively.
change after every 48 seconds, 72 seconds and Sol. Given, numbers are 70 and 125 and remainders
108 seconds respectively. If they change are 5 and 8 respectively.
simultaneously at 8 a.m., at what time will they Let us find HCF of 70 – 5 = 65
change together again? and 125 – 8 = 117
Sol. The required number of seconds after 8 a.m., when Since 117 > 65
the lights change simultaneously is the LCM of  117 = 65 × 1 + 52
48, 72 and 108.  65 = 52 × 1 + 13
We have  52 = 13 × 4 + 0
Factors of 48 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 = 24 × 3 Here, remainder is zero.
Factors of 72 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 × 3 = 23 × 32 Thus, 13 is the HCF of 65 and 117.
Factors of 108 = 2 × 2 × 3 × 3 × 3 = 22 × 33 Hence, 13 is the required largest number which
Thus, LCM of 48, 72 and 108 = 24 × 33 divides 70 and 125 leaving remainder 5 and 8
= 432 seconds respectively.
= 7 minutes 12 seconds

APPLICATION BASED QUESTIONS (Solved)

2 45 + 3 20 Subtracting (iv) from (iii), we obtain
1. Write whether on simplification
3 5 q2t1/3 – rpt1/3 + pq – r2t = 0
gives a rational or an irrational number. (q2 – rp)t1/3 + (pq – r2t) = 0
Since t1/3 is irrational number.
2 45 + 3 20 2×3 5 + 3× 2 5  q2 – rp = 0 and pq – r2t = 0
Sol. =
3 5 3 5  q2 = rp and pq = r2t
or q2 = rp and p2q2 = r 4 t 2
6 56 5 12 5
= =  p2(rp) = r 4 t 2  rp3 – r 4 t 2 = 0
3 5 3 5
r(p3 – r3t2) = 0
= 4 (rational number)  r= 0
2. Let p, q, r and t be rational numbers such that t or p3 – r3t2 = 0
is not a perfect cube. If p + qt1/3 + rt2/3 = 0,
then prove that p = q = r = 0.  p3 = r3t2
Sol. Here, p + qt1/3 + rt2/3 = 0 ...(i) 3
p
 p
 t2 =    t2/3 =
Multiplying eqn. (i) by t1/3, we obtain  r r
pt1/3 + qt2/3 + rt = 0 ...(ii)
Which is impossible because t2/3 is irrational and
Multiplying eqn. (i) by q and eqn. (ii) by r, we p
have is rational.
r
pq + q2t1/3 + qrt2/3 = 0 ...(iii)  p3 – r3t2  0 and r= 0
rpt1/3 + rqt2/3 + r2t = 0 ...(iv) Thus, q2 = rp  q2 = 0
REAL NUMBERS 13
 q=0 = 25p2 + 4 + 20p + 5p + 2 + 1
Also, from (i), we obtain = 25p2 + 25p + 5 + 2
p + 0(t1/3) + 0(t2/3) = 0 = 5(5p2 + 5p + 1) + 2
 p=0 = 5k + 2, where k = 5p2 + 5p + 1
Hence, p = q = r = 0 Put n = 5p + 3
3. Show that n2 + n + 1 is not divisible by 5 for any  n2 + n + 1 = (5p + 3)2 + (5p + 3) + 1
n, where n is a natural number. = 25p2 + 9 + 30p + 5p + 3 + 1
Sol. Put n = 5p = 25p2 + 35p +10 + 3
 n2 + n + 1 = (5p)2 + (5p) + 1 = 5(5p2 + 7p + 2) + 3
= 25p2 + 5p + 1 = 5k + 3, where k = 5p2 + 7p + 2
= 5(5p2 + p) + 1 Put n = 5p + 4
= 5k + 1, where k = 5p2 + p  n2 + n + 1 = (5p + 4)2 + (5p + 4) + 1
Put n = 5p + 1 = 25p2 + 16 + 40p + 5p + 4 + 1
 n2 + n + 1 = (5p + 1)2 + (5p + 1) + 1
= 25p2 + 45p +20 + 1
= 25p2 + 1 + 10p + 5p + 1 + 1
= 5(5p2 + 9p + 4) + 1
= 25p2 + 15p + 3 = 5(5p2 + 3p) + 3
= 5k + 1,where k = 5p2 + 9p + 4
= 5k + 3, where k = 5p2 + 3p
Thus, for all n, n2 + n + 1 is never of the form
Put n = 5p + 2 5k, which shows that n2 + n + 1 is not divisible
 n2 + n + 1 = (5p + 2)2 + (5p + 2) + 1 by 5 for any natural number.

ANALYZING, EVALUATING & CREATING TYPE QUESTIONS (Solved)

1. Show that square of any positive odd integer is of = 8(2q2 + 3q + 1) + 1
the form 8m + 1 for some integer m. = 8m + 1
Sol. Let a be any positive odd integer and b = 4. Hence, square of any positive odd integer is of the
By division algorithm there exists integers q and r form 8m + 1, where m is integer.
such that 2. Using prime factorisation method, find HCF and
a = 4q + r, where 0  r < 4 LCM of 80, 124 and 144. Also, show that
Put r= 0, 1, 2, 3, HCF × LCM  Product of three numbers.
we have a = 4q, a = 4q + 1, a = 4q + 2 Sol. Here, 80 = 24 × 5
124 = 22 × 31
and a = 4q + 3
144 = 24 × 32
Since a is an odd integer.
Now, HCF of 80, 124 and 144 = 22 = 4
 a = 4q + 1 or a = 4q + 3 LCM of 80, 124 and 144 = 24 × 32 × 5× 31
Case 1: When a = 4q + 1 = 22320
 a2 = (4q + 1)2 = 16q2 + 8q + 1 Product of HCF and LCM = 4 × 22320
= 8(2q2 + q) + 1 = 8m +1 = 89280
Case 2: When a = 4q + 3 Product of three numbers = 80 × 124 × 144
 a2 = (4q + 3)2 = 16q2 + 24q + 9 = 1428480
= 16q2 + 24q + 8 + 1 Clearly, HCF × LCM  Product of three numbers.
14 REAL NUMBERS

3. A circular track around a sports ground has Time taken to go around the track once by Shreyan
circumference of 1080 m. Two cyclists Paurush 1080
and Shreyan start together and cycled at constant = = 120 sec.
9
speeds of 6 m/s and 9 m/s respectively around the
The required number of minutes, when they meet
circular track. After how many minutes will they
again at the starting point is LCM of 180 and 120.
meet again at the starting point.
Here, 180 = 22 × 32× 5
Sol. Circumference of circular track = 1080 m
120 = 23 × 3 × 5
Speed of two cyclists is 6 m/s and 9 m/s
LCM of 180 and 120 = 23 × 32 × 5
 Time taken to go around the track once by = 360 seconds
1080 = 6 minutes
Paurush = = 180 sec.
6 Hence, they will meet again at the starting point
after 6 minutes.

NOTES
REAL NUMBERS 15

ASSIGNMENT-I
Q.1. Which of the following statements is incorrect?
(a) 25 = 3 × 8 + 1 (b) 25 = 5 × 5 + 0
(c) 25 = 6 × 4 + 3 (d) 25 = 7 × 3 + 4
Q.2. Euclid’s Division Algorithm is used to find :
(a) LCM of two positive integers (b) HCF of two positive integers
(c) Ratio of two positive integers (d) None of these
Q.3. The HCF of 180 and 225 is equal to :
(a) 15 (b) 30
(c) 45 (d) 75
Q.4. The HCF of 27  35  58  73  116  134 and 24  38 × 53  72  114 × 137 is equal to ____ .
(a) 24  35  53  72  114  134 (b) 24  35  53  73  114  133
4 3 3 3
(c) 2  3  5  7  11  134 7 (d) 24  35  58  72  112  134
Q.5. A student calculated the HCF of 15 and 36 using Euclid’s Division Algorithm. How many steps are there
in the student’s solution?
(a) 1 (b) 2
(c) 3 (d) None of these
Q.6. Which of the following numbers is not of the form 4m + 1?
(a) 41 (b) 73
(c) 85 (d) 99
Q.7. The HCF of 140, 168 and 196 is equal to :
(a) 14 (b) 28
(c) 32 (d) 42
Q.8. The LCM of 132  191  231  372  413 and 133  232  371  412  472 is equal to :
(a) 133  232  372  413  472 (b) 133  191  232  372  413  472
3 1 2 2
(c) 13  19  23  37  41 3 (d) None of these
Q.9. Find the HCF of 84 and 1750 using Euclid’s Division Algorithm.
(a) 8 (b) 12
(c) 14 (d) 16
Q.10. Calculate the HCF and the LCM of 294, 420 and 450 using prime factorisation.
Q.11. If HCF (240, 135) = 240x + 135y, where x and y are integers, the which of the following could be a possible
solution for x and y?
Q.12. Prove that the sum of an even number and an odd number is always odd.
Q.13. Find the HCF of 126 and 154 and express it in the form 126x + 154y, where x and y are integers. Also, show
that this expression is not unique.
Q.14. Without performing the long division, state whether the following rational numbers will have terminating
decimal expansion or a non-terminating repeating decimal expansion. Also, find the number of places of
decimals after which the decimal expansion terminates.
17 64
(i) (ii)
8 455
15 23
(iii) (iv)
1600 2 3 52
Q.15. Prove that n2 – 1 is divisible by 8, if n is any odd positive integer.
16 REAL NUMBERS

ASSIGNMENT-II
Q.1. Which of the following numbers is not of the form 4m + 3?
(a) 43 (b) 71
(c) 85 (d) 99
Q.2. The LCM of 54 and 60 is equal to:
(a) 120 (b) 270
(c) 360 (d) 540
Q.3. The LCM of 2 × 3 × 5 × 7 × 11 × 13 and 2 × 3 × 53 × 72 × 114 × 137 is equal to ____ .
7 5 8 3 6 4 4 8

(a) 24 × 35 × 53 × 72 × 114 × 134 (b) 27 × 38 × 53 × 73 × 114 × 137

7 8 8 3 6 7
(c) 2 × 3 × 5 × 7 × 11 × 13 (d) 24 × 35 × 58 × 72 × 112 × 134
Q.4. A student calculated the HCF of 25 and 70 using Euclid’s Division Algorithm. How many steps are
there in the student’s solution?
(a) 1 (b) 2
(c) 3 (d) None of these
Q.5. The method used to prove the irrationally of numbers such as 2 , 3 , 5 etc. is called the method of:
(a) Contamination (b) Contradiction
(c) Conclusion (d) Confusion
Q.6. Which of the following numbers is irrational?
16
(a) 25 (b)
9
(c) 7 (d) 10  26
Q.7. Find the HCF of 18 and 150 using Euclid’s Division Algorithm.
(a) 8 (b) 12
(c) 4 (d) 6
Q.8. Find the HCF and LCM of 27 × 35 × 73 × 115 and 24 × 53 × 72 × 114 × 134.
(a) 24 × 72 × 114, 24 × 35 × 53 × 73 × 114 × 134
(b) 24 × 72 × 114, 27 × 35 × 53 × 73 × 115 × 134
(c) 27 × 72 × 115, 24 × 53 × 73 × 114 × 134
(d) 24 × 72 × 114, 35 × 53 × 134
Q.9. The largest number which divides 245 and 1029 leaving remainder 5 in each case is:
(a) 8 (b) 12
(c) 16 (d) 24
Q.10. Two brands of chocolates are available in packs of 24 and 15, respectively. If I need to buy an equal number
of chocolates of both kinds, what is the least number of boxes of each kind I would need to buy?
Q.11. Prove that 15n and 14n do not end in the digit 0 for any positive integer n, but their product does.
Q.12. Prove that 3  2 5 is irrational

13 12 7 23
Q.13. Of the rational numbers , , and , which one does not have a terminating decimal expansion?
8 20 15 25
Q.14. Prove that the product of any three consecutive positive integers is always a multiple of 6.
Q.15. Prove that 3  5 is an irrational number.
REAL NUMBERS 17

Unit Test–1
Time - 1 hour M.Marks : 40

SECTION-A SECTION-B
Question Numbers 1 to 3 are multiple choice Question Numbers 11 to 15 carry 2 marks each.
questions (MCQs) of 1 mark each.
11. Show that any positive odd integer is of the form
1. If least prime factor of a is 3 and least prime factor 6q + 1 or 6q + 3 or 6q + 5, where q is
of b is 7, the least prime factor of (a + b) is: some integer.
(A) 2 (B) 3 (C) 5 (D) 11 12. A fruit-seller wants to stack oranges and bananas
2. The least number that is divisible by all the numbers in such a way that each stack has the same number,
from 1 to 10 (both inclusive) is: and they take up the least area of the tray. What is
the number that can be placed in each stack for this
(A) 10 (B) 100 (C) 504 (D) 2520 purpose, if there are 480 oranges and 186 bananas ?
3. The largest number which divides 70 and 125, 13. Find the LCM of 24, 60 and 150 by fundamental
leaving remainders 5 and 8 respectively, is: theorem of arithmetic.
(A) 13 (B) 65 (C) 875 (D) 1750 14. Show that 21n cannot end with the digits 0, 2, 4, 6
and 8 for any natural number n.
Question Numbers 4 to 5, fill in the
15. Prove that p  q is irrational, where p and q
blanks of 1 mark each.
are primes.
4. If a and b are co-prime, then a2 and b2 are
............... . SECTION-C
Question Numbers 16 to 19 carry 3 marks each.
5. The number p will always be an irrational
2 3
number, if p is ................ . 16. Prove that is an irrational number, given
5
Question Numbers 6 to 10 are very short answer that 3 is an irrational number.
type questions of 1 mark each.
17. Prove that 7 is an irrational number.
6. If two positive integers a and b are written as
a = x3y2 and b = xy3 ; x, y are prime numbers, 18. Prove that (3 + 2 2 )2 is irrational.
then find HCF (a, b). 19. A circular track around a sports ground has
circumference of 1080 m. Two cyclists Paurush
7. If HCF of 65 and 117 is expressible in the form and Shreyan start together and cycled at constant
65n – 117, then find the value of n. speeds of 6 m/s and 9 m/s respectively around the
8. State Fundamental Theorem of Arithmetic. circular track. After how many minutes will they
Is it possible that HCF and LCM of two numbers meet again at the starting point.
be 24 and 540 respectively? Justify your answer.
SECTION-D
9. Using prime factorisation, find HCF and LCM of
72, 126 and 168. Question Numbers 20 to 21 carry 4 marks each.
10. Write the HCF and LCM of the smallest odd 20. Prove that if x and y are both odd positive
composite number and the smallest odd prime integers, then x2 + y2 is even but not divisible by 4.
number. If an odd number p divides q2, then will
21. Show that n2 + n + 1 is not divisible by 5 for any
it divide q3 also? Explain.
n, where n is a natural number.
ANSWERS

1. (A) 2. (D) 3. (A) 4. co-prime 5. prime 6. xy2

7. n = 2 8. 8 9. 6, 504 10. 3, 9, Yes 12. 6 13. 600
19. 6 minutes
18 POLYNOMIALS

UNIT II : ALGEBRA
CHAPTER 2

POLYNOMIALS
Syllabus Reference are two zeroes of the polynomial p(x). A linear
polynomial (degree one) has one and only one zero,
 Polynomial: Any expression of the form given by:
a0xn + a1xn –1 + a2 xn–2 + ... + an is called a (constant term)
polynomial of degree n in variable x; a0  0, where Zero of the linear polynomial = 
coefficient of x
n is a non-negative integer and a0, a1, a2, ..., an are
real numbers, called the coefficients of the terms of  Geometrical Representation of the Zeroes of a
the polynomial. A polynomial in x can be denoted Polynomial:
by the symbols p(x), q(x), f(x), g(x), etc. The Let us consider a linear polynomial p(x) = 3x – 6. We
highest power of x in p(x) is called the degree of the know that, graph of a linear polynomial is a straight
polynomial p(x). line, therefore, graph of p(x) = 3x – 6 is a straight line
passing through the points (1, – 3), (3, 3), (2, 0).
 Linear Polynomial: A polynomial of degree one is
called a linear polynomial. Table for p(x) = 3x – 6
 Quadratic Polynomial: A polynomial of degree two x 1 3 2
is called a quadratic polynomial. Generally, any
p(x) –3 3 0
quadratic polynomial in x is of the form
ax2 + bx + c, a  0 and a, b, c are real numbers.
 Cubic Polynomial: A polynomial of degree three is
called a cubic polynomial. Generally, any cubic
polynomial in x is of the form ax3 + bx2 + cx + d,
a  0 and a, b, c, d are real numbers.
 Value of a Polynomial: If we replace x by ‘– 2’ in
the polynomial p(x) = 3x3 – 2x2 + x – 1, we have
p(– 2) = 3 (– 2)3 – 2(–2)2 + (–2) – 1
= – 24 – 8 – 2 – 1 = – 35
Thus, on replacing x by ‘ – 2’ in the polynomial p(x),
we have – 35, which is called the value of the
polynomial. Hence, if k is any real number, then the
value obtained by replacing x by k in p(x), is called
the value of the polynomial p(x) at x = k, and From the graph of p(x) = 3x – 6, we observe that it
generally, denoted by p(k). intersects x-axis at the point (2, 0). Zero of the
 Zeroes of a Polynomial: A real constant k is said to – – 6  6
polynomial [ p (x) = 3x – 6] = = = 2.
be a zero of a polynomial p(x) in x, if p(k) = 0. 3 3
For example, polynomial p(x) = x2 + x – 12 gives Thus, we conclude that the zero of the polynomial
p(3) = 32 + 3 – 12 = 0 and p(x) = 3x – 6 is the x-coordinate of the point where
p(– 4) = (– 4)2 + (– 4) – 12 = 0. Thus, 3 and – 4 the graph of p(x) = 3x – 6 intersects the x-axis.
POLYNOMIALS 19
Similarly, the zeroes of a quadratic polynomial, Sum of the zeroes=  +  + 
p(x) = ax2 + bx + c, a  0, are the x-coordinates of
the points where the graph (parabola) of  (coefficient of x 2 ) b
= 3

p(x) = ax2 + bx + c, a  0, intersects the x-axis. coefficient of x a
Graph of p(x) = ax2 + bx + c, a  0 intersects the Sum of the products of zeroes taken two at a time
x-axis at the most in two points and hence the =  +  + 
quadratic polynomial can have at the most two distinct
coefficient of x c
real zeroes. A cubic polynomial can have at the most = 
3 a
three distinct real zeroes. coefficient of x
 Relation between Zeroes and Coefficients of and product of the zeroes = 
a Polynomial: Let the quadratic polynomial be  (constant term)  d
= 
p(x) = ax2 + bx + c, a  0 and having zeroes as coefficient of x 3 a
 and , then  Division Algorithm for Polynomials: For any two
Sum of the zeroes =  +  polynomials p(x) and g(x); g(x)  0, we can find
 (coefficient of x )  b two polynomials q(x) and r(x), such that
= 
(coefficient of x 2 ) a p(x) = g(x) × q(x) + r(x).
Product of the zeroes=  Where r(x) = 0 or degree of r(x) is less than degree
(constant term)
c of g(x). Here, q(x) is called quotient, r(x) is called
= 
(coefficient of x 2 ) a remainder, p(x) is called dividend and g(x) is called
Let the cubic polynomial be p(x)=ax3 + bx2+cx +d, divisor. This result is known as division algorithm
a  0 and having zeroes as , and , then for polynomials.

NCERT & BOARD QUESTIONS CORNER

(Remembering & Understanding Based Questions)

Short Answer Type-I Questions

1. If p, q are zeroes of polynomial f(x) = 2x2 – 7x + 1
Sum of zeroes = × Product of zeroes
3, find the value of p2 + q2. 2
Sol. Here, p and q are zeroes of polynomial b 1 c
 = 
a 2 a
f(x) = 2x2 – 7x + 3
 –2b = c
7 3  –2[–(k + 6)] = 2(2k – 1)
 p + q= and pq =  k + 6 = 2k – 1
2 2
Now, p2 + q2 = (p + q)2 – 2pq  k= 7
2 1
7 3 3. If  and are zeroes of the polynomial
=    2  
2 2 4x2 – 2x + (k – 4), find the value of k.
49 49  12 37 1
= 3  . Sol. Here,  and are zeroes of the polynomial
4 4 4 
2. Find the value of k such that the polynomial 4x2 – 2x + (k – 4)
x2 – (k + 6)x + 2(2k – 1) has sum of its zeroes 1
 ( )   = k  4
equal to half of their product. 
  4
Sol. Given polynomial is x2 – (k + 6)x + 2(2k – 1).  1 =
k4
As per statement of the question, we have 4
 4 = k – 4 k = 8
20 POLYNOMIALS

4. If  and  are the zeroes of the polynomial  k – 6 = 2k + 1

x2 – 5x + k such that  –  = 1, find the value of k.  k =–7
Sol. Here,  +  = 5 ...(i) 6. If the sum of the zeroes of a quadratic polynomial
and  –  = 1 ...(ii) (given)
ky2 + 2y – 3k is equal to twice their product,
On solving (i) and (ii), we have
find the value of ‘k’.
2 = 6   = 3
–b –2
and 3 +  = 5   = 2 Sol. Sum of zeroes = = ...(i)
a k
Now,  = k  (3) (2) = k  k = 6
c –3k
5.  ,  are the roots of the quadratic polynomial Product of zeroes = = = –3 ... (ii)
a k
p(x) = x2 – (k – 6) x + (2k + 1). Find the value Since sum of zeroes = 2 (product of zeroes)
of k, if  +  =  . –2 1
 = 2(–3) k =
k 3
Sol. Here,  +  = k – 6 and = 2k + 1 1
Given  +  =  Hence, the value of k is .
3
Short Answer Type-II Questions
7. Find a quadratic polynomial, the sum of whose  2a2 – 3a2 + 1 = 0
zeroes is 7 and their product is 12. Hence, find  –a2 =–1
the zeroes of the polynomial.  a2 = 1
Sol. Let the quadratic polynomial be  a= 1
ax2 + bx + c ...(i) 2
9. If and –3 are the zeroes of the polynomial
Again, suppose its zeroes be  and  3
ax2 + 7x + b, then find the values of a and b.
b 7 2
 Sum of zeroes =  +  = = Sol. Given that and –3 are the zeroes of the
a 1 3
c 12 polynomial ax2 + 7x + b
and product of zeroes =  = =
a 1 2
 2  2
Take a= LCM of [1, 1] = 1  a   7   b =0
 3  3
 b = –7a = – 7 ×1 = – 7
4 a 14
and c = 12a = 12 × 1 = 12    b =0
9 3
 By putting a = 1, b = –7 and c = 12 in (i), we  4a + 9b = –42 ...(i)
have
And a(–3)2 + 7(–3) + b =0
Quadratic polynomial = x2 – 7x + 12 9a + b – 21 =0
x2 – 7x + 12 = 0  9a + b = 21 ...(ii)
x2 – 4x – 3x + 12 = 0 Multiplying eqn. (ii) by 9, we have
x(x – 4) – 3(x – 4) = 0
81a + 9b = 189 ...(iii)
(x – 3) (x – 4) = 0
Subtracting (i) from (iii), we have
x = 4 and x = 3
 Zeroes of the polynomial are 4 and 3. 77a = 231
231
8. If x + a is a zero of the polynomial  a = =3
2x2 + 3ax + 1, find the value of a. 77
Sol. If (x + a) is a zero of the polynomial 2x2 + 3ax + 1 From eqn. (ii), we have
 x = –a will satisfy the equation 9(3) + b = 21
2x2 + 3ax + 1 = 0  b = 21 – 27 = –6
 2
2(–a) + 3a(–a) + 1 = 0 Hence, the values of a and b are a = 3 and b = –6.
POLYNOMIALS 21
10. Find the zeroes of the following quadratic  Remainder = 0
polynomials and verify the relationship between  (k – 15)x = 0  k = 15
the zeroes and the coefficients. 12. If   are the two zeroes of the polynomial
25p2 – 15p + 2, find a quadratic polynomial
(i) f(x) = x2 – 3x – 28 (ii) f(x) = 2x2 – x – 6
1 1
Sol. (i) f(x) = x2 – 3x – 28 = (x – 7) (x + 4) whose zeroes are and .
2 2
Now, f(x) becomes zero when either x – 7 = 0 15 3 2
or x+4=0  x=–4 or x=7 Sol. Here, + = = and  =
25 5 25
Thus, zeroes of the quadratic polynomial f(x) are Sum of zeroes of the required polynomial
– 4, 7 3 3
1 1    3 25 15
5
Sum of zeroes = – 4 + 7 = 3 =      = 5   
2 2 2  2  4 5 4 4
( 3) –(coefficient of x ) 2 
=   25  25
1 (coefficient of x 2 ) and product of zeroes of the required polynomial
28  1  1  1 1 1 25
Product of zeroes = (– 4) (7) = –28 = =      = 
1 2 8
constant term  2   2  4 4   8
=   25
coefficient of x 2  25 
Hence, the required quadratic polynomial is
(ii) f(x) = 2x2 – x – 6 = (2x + 3) (x – 2) 15 25
x2 – x  or 8x2 – 30x + 25.
Now, f(x) becomes zero when either 2x + 3 = 0 4 8
13. What should be added in the polynomial
or x–2=0
x3 + 2x2 – 9x + 1 so that it is completely divisible
3 by x + 4?
 x= or x = 2
2 Sol. Here, by long division method, we have
Thus, zeroes of the quadratic polynomial f(x) are
3 x + 4 ) x3 + 2x2 – 9x + 1 ( x2 – 2x – 1
and 2.
2 x3 + 4x2
Sum of zeroes (–) (–)
3 1 ( 1) (coefficient of x )
– 2x2 – 9x + 1
= 2  = 
2 2 2 coefficient of x 2 – 2x2 – 8x
Product of zeroes (+) (+)
 3  6 constant term
=  2  (2)  2  –x + 1
coefficient of x 2
–x – 4
11. If a polynomial x4 – 5x3 + x2 + kx – 12 is exactly (+) (+)
divisible by x2 – 5x + 4, then find the value of k.
5
Sol. x2 – 5x + 4 ) x4 – 5x3 + x2 + kx – 12 ( x2 – 3
Hence, –r(x) = –5 should be added, so that given
x4 – 5x3 +4x2 polynomial is completely divisible by x + 4.
(–) (+) (–) 14. Find the zeroes of the quadratic polynomial
–3x2 + kx – 12 5x2 – 2 5 x – 3 and verify the relationship
–3x2 + 15x – 12 between the zeroes and the coefficients.
(+) (–) (+) Sol. Consider, 5x2 –2 5x – 3 = 0
5x2 + 5x – 3 5x – 3 = 0
(k – 15)x
5x ( 5x + 1) – 3( 5x + 1) = 0
x2
Hence, quotient = – 3 and
( 5x + 1)( 5x – 3) = 0
remainder = (k – 15)x
Either 5x + 1 = 0 or 5x – 3 = 0
Since x4 – 5x3 + x2 + kx – 12 is exactly 1 3
divisible by x2 – 5x + 4.  x= – or x =
5 5
22 POLYNOMIALS

Thus, the zeroes of the given quadratic polynomial Hence, the required polynomial whose zeroes are
1 3 the reciprocal of the zeroes of 4x2 – 3x – 1 is
are – and .
5 5 x2 + 3x – 4.
1 3 16. Find all zeroes of the polynomial 3x3 + 10x2 –
Now, sum of zeroes = – +
5 5 9x – 4 if one of its zero is 1.
2 5 2 5 –(–2 5) Sol. Given that 1 is the zero of the given polynomial
=  = = p(x) = 3x3 + 10x2 – 9x – 4.
5 5 5 5
 x – 1 is one of its factor.
–(coefficient of x )
= x – 1 ) 3x3 + 10x2 – 9x – 4 ( 3x2 + 13x + 4
coefficient of x 2
3x3 – 3x2
 –1   3  –3 (–) (+)
Product of zeroes =    = 5
 5  5  13x2 – 9x – 1
constant term
= 13x2 – 13x
coefficient of x 2
(–) (+)
Hence, the relationship between the zeroes and
coefficient of the polynomial is verified. 4x – 4
15. Find a quadratic polynomial whose zeroes are 4x – 4
the reciprocal of the zeroes of 4x2 – 3x – 1. (–) (+)
Sol. Let  and  be the zeroes of the polynomial ×
4x2 – 3x – 1 Thus, p(x) = (x – 1) (3x2 + 13x + 4)
3 –1
  +  = and = = (x – 1) (3x2 + x + 12x + 4)
4 4
1 1 = (x – 1) {x(3x + 1) + 4(3x + 1)}
Now, sum of zeroes = 
  = (x – 1) (x + 4) (3x + 1)
3
x – 1 = 0 x = 1, x + 4 = 0

= = 4 = –3 1
 –1 x = – 4 and 3x + 1 = 0 x =  .
4 3
 1  1  1 Hence, all zeroes of the given polynomial are
Product of zeroes =     = = –4 1
      1,  ,  4.
3

Long Answer Type Questions

17. What must be added to the polynomial 5x2 – 14x + 28

P(x) = 5x4 + 6x3 – 13x2 – 44x + 7 so that the x2 + 4x + 3 ) 5x4 + 6x3 – 13x2 – 44x + 7 (
resulting polynomial is exactly divisible by the 5x4 + 20x3 + 15x2
polynomial Q(x) = x2 + 4x + 3 and the degree (–) (–) (–)
of the polynomial to be added must be less than – 14x3 – 28x2 – 44x + 7
degree of the polynomial Q(x)? – 14x3 – 56x2 – 42x
Sol. 5x4 + 6x3 – 13x2 – 44x + 7 (+) (+) (+)
2
28x – 2x + 7
= (x2 + 4x + 3) (5x2 – 14x + 28) + (–114x – 77)
Hence, –r(x) = 114x + 77 should be added to the 28x2 + 112x + 84
(–) (–) (–)
given polynomial so that resulting polynomial is
exactly divisible by x2 + 4x + 3. – 114x – 77
POLYNOMIALS 23
18. Find other zeroes of the polynomial By division algorithm, we have
x4 + x3 – 9x2 – 3x + 18, if it is given that two of 3x2 – 5 ) 3x4 + 6x3 – 2x2 – 10x – 5 ( x2 + 2x + 1
its zeroes are 3 and  3. 3x4 – 5x2
Sol. Given, two zeroes of the given polynomial are (–) (+)
6x3 + 3x2 – 10x – 5
3 and  3 .
6x3 – 10x
 ( x  3) ( x  3)  x 2  3 is a factor of the (–) (+)
given polynomial. 3x2 – 5
 By division algorithm, we have 3x2 – 5
(–) (+)
x2 – 3 ) x4 + x3 – 9x2 – 3x + 18( x2 + x – 6 0
x4 – 3x2
(–) (+) So, 3x4 + 6x3 – 2x2
– 10x – 5
= (3x2 – 5) (x2 + 2x + 1)
x3 – 6x2 – 3x + 18 Thus, the other zeroes will be obtained by
x3 – 3x factorising x2 + 2x + 1
(–) (+)  x2 + 2x +1 = x2 + x + x + 1
– 6x2 + 18 = (x + 1) (x + 1)
– 6x2 + 18 Its other zeroes are –1, –1.
(+) (–) Hence, the zeroes of the given polynomial are
0 5 5
,– , –1, –1.
3 3
 Other zeroes are given by
20. Find all zeroes of the polynomial 2x4 – 9x3 +
x2 + x – 6 = 0
i.e., 2
x + 3x – 2x – 6 = 0 5x2 + 3x – 1, if two of its zeroes are ( 2  3 )
and ( 2 – 3 ).
x(x + 3) – 2(x + 3) = 0
Sol. Given two zeroes are:
(x + 3) (x – 2) = 0
(2  3) and (2 – 3)
 x= – 3
or x= 2 Sum of zeroes (S) = 2  3  2 – 3  4
Hence, other zeroes are x = – 3 and x = 2 of the Product of zeroes (P) = (2  3) (2 – 3 )
given polynomial. =4–3=1
19. Obtain all other zeroes of 3x4 + 6x3 – 2x2 – 10x – 5,  Polynomial with 2  3, 2 – 3 as its zeroes
5 5 is x2 – 4x + 1.
if two of its zeroes are and – . Thus, x2 – 4x + 1 is a factor of given polynomial.
3 3 By long division, we have
Sol. Given, two zeroes of the given polynomial are x2 – 4x+1 ) 2x4 – 9x3 + 5x2 + 3x – 1 ( 2x2 – x – 1
5 5 2x4 – 8x3 + 2x2
and – . (–) (+) (–)
3 3
– x3 + 3x2 + 3x – 1
 5  5
  x –   x   is a factor of the given – x3 + 4x 2 – x
 3   3  (+) (–) (+)
polynomial. – x2 + 4x – 1
– x2 + 4x – 1
5 (+) (–) (+)
 x2 –  3x2 – 5 is a factor of the given
3 ×
polynomial.  2x4 – 9x3 + 5x2 + 3x – 1
= (x2 – 4x + 1) (2x2 – x – 1)
24 POLYNOMIALS

 By using division algorithm, we have

= { x – (2  3)}{ x  (2  3)}(2 x 2 – 2 x  x – 1)
g(x) × (3x + 10) + 16x – 43
= { x – (2  3)}{ x  (2  3)}{(2 x  1) ( x – 1)} = 3x3 + 4x2 + 5x – 13
Hence, all the zeroes of the given polynomial are: g(x) × (3x + 10)
1 = 3x3 + 4x2 + 5x – 13 – 16x + 43
2  3, 2 – 3,– , 1.
2 3 x 3  4 x 2  11x  30
g(x) =
21. On dividing the polynomial 3x3 + 4x2 + 5x – 13 3 x  10
by a polynomial g(x), the quotient and the = x2 – 2x + 3
remainder were (3x + 10) and (16x – 43) Hence, g(x) = x2 – 2x + 3.
respectively. Find g(x). 22. If the polynomial 6x4 + 8x3 + 17x2 + 21x + 7 is
divided by another polynomial 3x2 + 4x +1, the
Sol. Here, dividend p(x) = 3x3 + 4x2 + 5x – 13, remainder comes out to be (ax + b), find a and b.
quotient q(x) = 3x + 10 Sol.
and remainder r(x) = 16x – 43. 3x2 + 4x + 1) 6x4 + 8x3 + 17x2 + 21x + 7 ( 2x2 + 5
3x + 10 ) 3x3 + 4x2 – 11x + 30 ( x2 – 2x + 3 6x4 + 8x3 + 2x2
3x3 + 10x2 (–) (–) (–)
(–) (–)
15x2 + 21x + 7
– 6x3 – 11x + 30 15x2 + 20x + 5
– 6x2 – 20x (–) (–) (–)
(+) (+)
x+2
9x + 30 Remainder = x + 2
9x + 30 Also, remainder = ax + b (given)
(–) (–)  ax + b = x + 2
0  a = 1 and b = 2.

APPLICATION BASED QUESTIONS (Solved)

1. Form a quadratic polynomial whose zeroes are 2. Find the zeroes of the polynomial
2– 2 2+ 2 p(x) = x3 – 12x2 + 39x – 28, if it is given that
and . the zeroes are a – d, a and a + d.
6 6
2– 2 2+ 2 Sol. Here, a – d, a and a + d are the three zeroes of the
Sol. Sum of zeroes = +
6 6 given polynomial
4 2 p(x) = x3 – 12x2 + 39x – 28
2– 2 2 2
= = = b
6 6 3 Sum of the zeroes = –
a
2– 2 2+ 2 a – d + a + a + d = –(–12)
and product of zeroes = ×
6 6 3a = 12  a = 4
d
4–2 2 1 Product of the zeroes= –
= = = a
36 36 18
(a – d) (a) (a + d) = –(–28)
So, the required polynomial is (4 – d) (4) (4 – d) = 28
x2 – (Sum of zeroes)x + Product of zeroes 16 – d2 = 7
2 1 d2 = 9
 x2 – x+  18x2 – 12x + 1
3 18 d=  3
POLYNOMIALS 25
When d = 3, then three zeroes are 4 – 3, 4, 4 +3 Sol. By using division algorithm, we have
i.e., 1, 4, 7. x4 – 6x3 + 16x2 – 25x + 10
When d = –3, then three zeroes are 4 – (–3), 4, = (x2 – 2x + p) quotient + remainder
4 – 3 i.e., 7, 4, 1. x – 6x3 + 16x2 – 25x + 10
4
3. On dividing the polynomial p(x) = 5x4 + x3 – 3x2 = (x2 – 2x + p) quotient + x + q
+ 2x – 26 by another polynomial q(x) = x2 + 2,  x – 6x3 + 16x2 – 26x + 10 – q
4
if the quotient is px2 + qx + r, find p, q and r. = (x2 – 2x + p) quotient
Sol. Dividend = 5x4 + x3 – 3x2 + 2x – 26 Clearly, x4 – 6x3 + 16x2 – 26x + 10 – q is exactly
Divisor = x2 + 2 divisible by x2 – 2x + p.
Quotient = px2 + qx + r
Remainder = 0 x2– 2x + p) x4 – 6x3 + 16x2 – 26x + 10 – q (x2 – 4x +8 – p
By division algorithm, we have x4 – 2x3 + px2
(–) (+) (–)
Dividend= Divisor × Quotient + Remainder
5x + x3 – 3x2 + 2x – 26
4 – 4x3 + (16 – p)x2 – 26x + 10 – q
– 4x3 + 8 x2 – 4px
= (x2 + 2) (px2 + qx + r) + 0
(+) (–) (+)
= px4 + qx3 + rx2 + 2px2 + 2qx + 2r
(8 – p)x2 – (26 – 4p)x + 10 – q
= px4 + qx3 + (r + 2p) x2 + 2qx + 2r
(8 – p)x2 – (16 – 2p)x + 8p – p2
By equating coefficients of like terms on both sides, (–) (+) (–) (+)
we obtain
(–10 + 2p)x + 10 – q – 8p + p2
p = 5, q = 1 and r + 2p = –3
 r = –3 – 2p = –3 – 2(5) = –13 Remainder = 0
 (–10 + 2p)x + 10 – q – 8p + p2 = 0
Hence, values of p, q and r are 5, 1 and –13.
 –10 + 2p = 0 and 10 – q – 8p + p2 = 0
4. If the polynomial f(x) = x4 – 6x3 + 16x2 – 25x + 10
 p = 5 and 10 – q – 40 + 25 = 0
is divided by another polynomial x2 – 2x + p, the
 p = 5 and q = –5
remainder comes out to be x + q. Find p and q.
Hence, the values of p and q are 5 and –5 respec-
tively.

ANALYZING, EVALUATING & CREATING TYPE QUESTIONS (Solved)

Sol. Let given polynomial be p(x) = x3 + 4x2 + x – 6
1. Write the polynomial whose zeroes are 3 + 2
Since x = –3 (or x + 3) is a zero of the polyno-
and 3 – 2 .
mial p(x).
Sol. Since 3 + 2 and 3 – 2 are the zeroes of the  x + 3 divides the polynomial p(x) exactly.
required polynomial.
x + 3) x3 + 4x2 + x – 6 (x2 + x – 2
 Sum of zeroes = 3 + 2 + 3– 2 =6 x3 + 3x2
(–) (–)

Product of zeroes = 3 + 2  3 – 2  x2 + x – 6
=9–2=7 x2 + 3x
Hence, the required polynomial is (–) (–)
p(x) = x2 – (Sum of zeroes)x + Product of zeroes – 2x – 6
= x2 – 6x + 7 – 2x – 6
2. Find all the zeroes of the polynomial x3+4x2 + x – 6, (+) (+)
if one of its zeroes is – 3. 0
26 POLYNOMIALS

Thus, other zeroes of the given polynomial p(x)  3 5 2 12 

are obtained by putting x2 + x – 2 = 0 = a x – x  x – 2
 2 5 
 x2 + 2x – x – 2 = 0 a
 x(x + 2) –1 (x + 2) = 0 = {10x3 – 25x2 + 24x – 20}
10
 (x – 1) (x + 2) = 0 For a= 10 (a real value of a), we obtain
 x – 1 = 0 and x + 2 = 0
p(x) = 10x3 – 25x2 + 24x – 20
 x = 1 and x=–2
4. Find the zeroes of the polynomial
Hence, the zeroes of the polynomial p(x) = x3 – 5x2 – 16x + 80, if its two zeroes are
p(x) = x3 + 4x2 + x – 6 are –3, –2 and 1. equal in magnitude but opposite in sign.
3. Find a cubic polynomial with sum of its zeroes, Sol. Let  and  be the zeroes of the given polyno-
sum of the products of its zeroes taken two at a mial p(x).
5 12 According to the statement of the question
time and product of its zeroes as , and 2
2 5  = –  +  = 0
respectively. b
Sol. Let the required cubic polynomial be Now, sum of its zeroes = –
a
p(x) = ax3 + bx2 + cx + d, then   +  +  = 5
b 5  0 +  = 5 = 5
Sum of zeroes = – =
a 2 d
Sum of the products of its zeroes taken two at a Also, product of its zeroes = –
a
c 12  = –80
time = =
a 5 (–)(5) = – 80
d
Product of the zeroes = – = 2  2 = 16
a
b 5 c 12 d  = 4
Now, = – , = and = –2 When = 4, then = –4.
a 2 a 5 a
 p(x) = ax3 + bx2 + cx + d When = –4, then = 4.
Hence, the zeroes of the given polynomial
 3 b 2 c d
= a x  x  x   p(x) = x3 – 5x2 – 16x + 80 are (4, –4, 5) or (–4, 4, 5).
 a a a

NOTES
POLYNOMIALS 27

ASSIGNMENT-I
Q.1. What is the condition on a polynomial of the form of ax + b, where a and b are constants, such that it has
a zero?
(a) a is equal to 0
(b) b is equal to 0
(c) a is not equal to 0
(d) b is not equal to 0

Q.2. How many zeroes does the polynomial whose graph is given below have?
(a) 2 (b) 3
(c) 4 (d) 5
Q.3. A polynomial of the form of ax2 + bx + c always has _____ zeroes.
(a) 0 (b) 1
(c) 2 (d) 0, 1 or 2
Q.4. Which of the following cannot be a graph of the polynomial p(x) = ax + b ?

p(x)
p(x)
(a) (b)

p(x)
p(x)
(c) (d)

Q.5. The sum and product of the zeroes of the polynomial px2 + qx + pq are:
q q
(a) p , p (b) p , q

q q
(c) p , p (d) p , q

Q.6. The polynomial whose zeroes are –6 and 5 is:

(a) x2 + 11x + 30 (b) x2 + 11x – 30
(c) x2 + x – 30 (d) x2 – x + 30
Q.7. Find a quadratic polynomial whose zeroes are 5  2 and 5 – 2.
(a) x2 + 10x + 23 (b) x2 – 10x + 23
2
(c) x + 10x – 23 (d) x2 – 10x – 23
Q.8. If p and q are zeroes of the p(x) = kx2 – 3x + 2k and p + q = pq, then value of k is:
1 2
(a) (b)
2 3
3
(c) 2 (d)
2
28 POLYNOMIALS

Q.9. The sum of two zeroes of the polynomial x3 – 500x2 + 800x + d is 400. Find its third zero.
(a) 100 (b) – 100
(c) 200 (d) – 200
Q.10. If one of the zeroes of the cubic polynomial x3 + ax2 + bx + c is – 1, then find the product of the other two
zeroes.
Q.11. Find sum of the square of the zeroes of cubic polynomial x3 + 3x2 + 3x – 3.
Q.12. If two zeroes of the polynomial x3 + bx2 – 13x + d are – 1 and –2 respectively, then find the value of b + d.
Q.13. If  and  are the zeroes of the polynomial 2x2 – 3x – 2, then find the value of  –  (a > ).
Q.14. If  and  are the zeroes of the polynomial x2 + 3x – 2, then find the polynomial whose zeroes are  + 2 and
 + 2
  
Q.15. If ,  and  are the zeroes of the polynomial 2x3 – 2x2 + 3x – 4, then evaluate   .
  

NOTES
POLYNOMIALS 29

ASSIGNMENT-II
Q.1. How many zeroes does the polynomial whose graph is given below have?
(a) 2 (b) 3

(c) 4 (d) 5

Q.2. The graph of a polynomial p(x) = c, where c is a constant is:

(a) A line parallel to the X-axis
(b) A line making an acute angle with the X-axis
(c) A line making an obtuse angle with the Y-axis
(d) A line perpendicular to the X-axis
Q.3. When a polynomial is divided by (x2 + 5x + 6), the remainder is 5 and quotient is (x + 1). Find the
polynomial.
(a) x3 + 5x2 + 11x + 6 (b) x3 + 6x2 + 11x + 6
3 2
(c) x + 5x + 11x + 11 (d) x3 + 6x2 + 11x + 11
Q.4. If one of the zeroes of the quadratic polynomial (k – 1)x2 + kx + 1 is –3, then the value of k is:
4 4 2 2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
3 3 3 3
Q.5. If one zero of the quadratic polynomial x2 + 3x + k is 2, then value of k is ________.
(a) – 10 (b) 10
(c) 6 (d) – 6
Q.6. Find out the quotient and remainder when 2x2 – x + 3 is divided by 2 – x.
(a) –2x + 3, 9 (b) –2x – 3, 9
(c) –2x + 3, –9 (d) –2x – 3, –9
Q.7. If ,  and  are the zeroes of the polynomial x + x – 2x + 3, then the value of 2 + 2 + 2 is equal to:
3 2

(a) 2 (b) 3
(c) 4 (d) 5
Q.8. Find the remainder and the quotient when x4 – 3x3 + 5x2 – 2x + 4 is divided by x2 + x – 1.
(a) r(x) = 16x + 14, q(x) = x2 + 4x + 10 (b) r(x) = 16x – 14, q(x) = x2 + 4x – 10
2
(c) r(x) = –16x – 14, q(x) = x – 4x – 10 (d) r(x) = –16x + 14, q(x) = x2 – 4x + 10
Q.9. The sum and product of the zeroes of the polynomial 2x3 – bx2 – cx – d are 94 and 49 respectively. Find
value of d.
(a) 49 (b) 94
(c) 98 (d) 188
Q.10. If p – q, p and p + q are the zeroes of the polynomial x3 – 9x2 + 23x – 15, then find its zeroes.

3
Q.11. If two zeroes of the polynomial 2x4 + 2x3 – 7x2 – 3x + 6 are respectively equal to  , then find its other
2
two zeroes.
Q.12. If the polynomial (x4 + 2x3 + 8x2 + 12x + 18) is divided by another polynomial (x2 + 5), the remainder comes
out to be (px + q). Find the values of p and q.
Q.13. What should be subtracted from the polynomial (3x3 + 10x2 – 14x + 9) so that (3x – 2) divides it exactly?
Q.14. On dividing (x3 – 3x2 + x + 2) by a polynomial g(x), the quotient and remainder are (x – 2) and (–2x + 4)
respectively. Find g(x).
Q.15.    
If two zeroes of the polynomial f(x) = (x4 – 6x3 – 26x2 + 138x – 35) are 2  3 and 2  3 , find its other
zeroes.
 CHAPTER 3

PAIR OF LINEAR EQUATIONS IN

TWO VARIABLES
Syllabus Reference (b) If the two lines are parallel, then the equations
are inconsistent and they have no solution.
 Introduction: (c) If the two lines coincide each other, then the
We are familiar with linear equations in two equations are consistent and they have infinite
variables. The general form of a linear equation in number of solutions. Such lines (equations) are
two variables is, ax + by + c = 0, where a, b, c are dependent equations.
real numbers such that a2 + b2  0 and x, y are (ii) Algebraic methods:
variables. In this chapter, we will deal with a pair We have three algebraic methods of solution for a
of linear equations in two variables, their solution pair of linear equations in two variables:
and some applications of linear equations.
(a) Substitution method
 Pair of linear equations in two variables: (b) Elimination method
The general form of a pair of linear equations in (c) Cross-multiplication method.
two variables x and y is, (a) Substitution method: Choose either of the two
a1 x + b1 y + c1 = 0 and a2 x + b2 y + c2 = 0, given equations and find the value of one
where a1, b1, c1 , a2, b2, c2 are all real numbers and variable (say y) in terms of other variable.
a12 + b12  0, a22 + b22  0. Substitute the value of y in the other equation to
 Solution of a pair of linear equations in two get an equation in one variable, solve it and get
variables: the value of x. Substitute the value of x so
obtained in any equation to find the value of y
A pair of values of x and y, satisfying each one of
(other variable). The values of x and y obtained
the equations, is called a solution of the linear
above are the solution of the given linear
equations in two variables.
equations.
There are only three possibilities for a pair of linear
equations in two variables, in a plane. (b) Elimination method or Method of elimination
by equating the coefficient: We eliminate one
(i) the two lines will intersect in one point of the two variables to obtain an equation in
(ii) the two lines will not intersect i.e., they are one variable, solve it and get the value of one
parallel, and variable. Substitute the value of variable so
(iii) the two lines will be coincident. obtained in any of the given equations to get the
A pair of linear equations in two variables can be value of other variable. The values of x and y
represented and solved by: obtained above are the solution of the given linear
equations.
(i) graphical method (ii) algebraic method.
(c) Cross-multiplication method: Write both of
(i) Graphical method for solving a pair of linear the given equations with their variables and
equations in two variables: constant term to left hand side. Write the
We draw the graph of two equations in x and y on coefficients of x, y and the constant term as:
the same graph: b1 c1 a1 b1
(a) If the two lines intersect, then the equations are
consistent and a unique solution is given by the
coordinates of the point of intersection. b2 c2 a2 b2
PAIR OF LINEAR EQUATIONS IN TWO VARIABLES 31
Now, obtain three equal fractions with (ii) infinite number of solutions (consistent),
numerators x, y and 1, for their denominators, a1 b c
multiply the numbers with downward arrows and if = 1 = 1
a2 b2 c2
from their product subtract the product of the
numbers with upward arrows. NOTE: These equations are also known as
coincident lines or dependent lines.
x y 1
= = a1 b1 c
b1c2 – b2c1 c1a2 – c2 a1 a1b2 – a2b1 (iii) no solution (inconsistent), if =  1
a2 b2 c2
Now, obtain the value of x by equating first and
 Equations reducible to a pair of linear equations
last term and value of y by equating second and
in two variables:
last term. The values of x and y obtained above
There are several situations which can be
are the solution of the given equations.
mathematically represented by two equations which
 Conditions for consistent / inconsistent linear are not linear but can be reduced to linear by making
equations: certain suitable substitutions.
A pair of linear equations in two variables, which  Word Problems:
has a solution, is called consistent and a pair of linear Read the statement carefully and identify the unknown
equations in two variables, which has no solution is quantities. Represent the unknown quantities by x,
called inconsistent. y, z, a, b, c, etc. Formulate the equations in terms
If a pair of linear equations in two variables is given of the variables to be determined and solve the
equations to get the values of the required variables.
by a1x + b1y + c1 = 0 and a2x + b2y + c2 = 0,
Finally, verify with the conditions of the original
then, they have
problem.
a1 b NOTE:
(i) unique solution (consistent), if  1
a2 b2 These problems are stated in words and it is for this
reason, they are often referred as word problems.

NCERT & BOARD QUESTIONS CORNER

(Remembering & Understanding Based Questions)
Short Answer Type-I Questions

1. On comparing ratios a1 , b1 and c1 , find out Now,

a1
=
5 b
and 1 =
–4
=
–2
a2 b2 c2 a2 7 b2 6 3
whether the lines representing the following pair Therefore, the given pair of linear equations
of linear equations intersect at a point, or
parallel or coincident: a1 b
intersect at a point [ _  1 ]
5x – 4y + 8 = 0 ; 7x + 6y – 9 = 0 a2 b2
Sol. Given linear equations are, c
a1 b1
5x – 4y + 8 = 0 ...(i) ; 7x + 6y – 9 = 0 ...(ii) 2. On comparing ratios , and 1 , find out
a2 b2 c2
Comparing (i) with a1x + b1y + c1 = 0 and
whether the following pair of linear equations
(ii) with a2x + b2y + c2 = 0, we have
a1 = 5, b1 = – 4, c1 = 8, a2 = 7, b2 = 6 and 3 5
are consistent or inconsistent : x + y = 7;
c2 = – 9 2 3
9x – 10y = 14
32 PAIR OF LINEAR EQUATIONS IN TWO VARIABLES

3 5 4. Solve using cross-multiplication method:

Sol. Given linear equations are, x+ y=7
2 3 2x = 5y + 4
3 5 3x – 2y + 16= 0
or x+ y–7 =0 ...(i)
2 3 Sol. Given equations are,
and 9x – 10y = 14
2x = 5y + 4
or 9x – 10y – 14 = 0 ...(ii)
3x – 2y + 16 = 0
Comparing (i) with a1x + b1y + c1 = 0 and
(ii) with a2x + b2y + c2 = 0, we have or 2x – 5y – 4 = 0 and
3x – 2y + 16 = 0
3 5
a1= , b1 = , c1 = – 7, a2 = 9, b2 = – 10 and x y 1
2 3 = =
c2 = – 14 –5 –4 –4 2 2 –5
3 –2 16 16 3 3 –2
a1 3 1 1
Now, = 2 = × = and x y 1
a2 9 2 9 6 = =
5 – 80 – 8 –12 – 32 – 4  15
b1 5 1 1
= 3 = × =– x y 1
b2 –10 3 –10 6
– 88 = – 44 = 11
Hence, the given pair of linear equations is
 x = – 8 and y = – 4
 a1 b1 
consistent and have unique solution  a  b  5. Check whether the following pair of linear
 2 2 equations has unique solution, no solution, or
3. Solve the following pair of linear equations by infinitely many solutions. In case there is a
substitution method: unique solution, find it by using cross-
2x + 3 y = 0 ; 3x – 8 y = 0 multiplication method.
Sol. Given linear equations are, 3x – 5y = 20 ; 6x – 10y = 40
2x + Sol. Given linear equations are,
3y = 0 ...(i)
3x – 5y = 20 ...(i)
and 3x – 8y = 0 ...(ii)
and 6x – 10y = 40 ...(ii)
From equation (i),we have 2x = – 3y
Equations (i) and (ii) can be written as
– 3y 3x – 5y – 20 = 0 ...(iii)
 x = ...(iii)
2 and 6x – 10y – 40 = 0 ...(iv)
Substituting the value of x in equation (ii), we Comparing (iii) with a1x + b1y + c1 = 0 and
– 3 (iv) with a2x + b2y + c2 = 0, we have
have 3   y – 8y = 0
 2  a1 = 3, b1 = – 5, c1= – 20, a2 = 6, b2 = – 10
–3 and c2 = – 40
 y – 8y = 0
2 a1 3 1 b –5 1
Now, = = , 1 = = and
 –3  a2 6 2 b2 –10 2
 y – 8 = 0
 2  c1 – 20 1
 y =0 = =
c2 – 40 2
Substituting the value of y in equation (iii), a1 b c
Since = 1 = 1
– 3 a2 b2 c2
we have x = (0) = 0
2 Hence, the given pair of linear equations has
infinitely many solutions.
Hence, x = 0 and y = 0 is the required solution.
PAIR OF LINEAR EQUATIONS IN TWO VARIABLES 33
Short Answer Type-II Questions
6. For which value of k will the following pair of Sol. For infinitely many solutions, we have
linear equations have no solution?
a1 b c
3x + y = 1; (2k – 1)x + (k – 1)y = 2k + 1 = 1 = 1
a2 b2 c2
Sol. Given linear equations are,
3x + y = 1 ...(i) 4 5 2
 = =
and (2k – 1)x + (k – 1)y = 2k + 1 ...(ii) 2 p  7q p  8q 2q  p  1
Equations (i) and (ii) can be rewritten as  4p + 32q = 10p + 35q
3x + y – 1 = 0 ...(iii) and 10q – 5p + 5 = 2p + 16q
and (2k – 1)x + (k – 1)y – (2k + 1) = 0 ...(iv)  – 6p = 3q
Here, a1 = 3, b1 = 1, c1 = – 1, a2 = 2k – 1, and – 7p – 6q = – 5
b2 = k – 1 and c2 = – (2k + 1)  q = – 2p
and 7p + 6q = 5
a1 3 b 1
Now, = , 1 = Now, put q = – 2p in 7p + 6q = 5, we have
a2 2 k –1 b2 k –1
7p + 6(– 2p) = 5
c1 –1 1  7p – 12p = 5
and = =  – 5p = 5
c2 – (2 k  1) 2k  1
 p =–1
For a pair of linear equations to have no solution,  q = – 2p
we have
= – 2(–1) = 2
a1 b c
= 1  1 Thus, we have p = – 1 and q = 2
a2 b2 c2
x y
8. Solve for x and y:   2, ax – by = a2 – b2.
3 1 1 a b
 = 
2k – 1 k – 1 2k  1 x y
Sol. Here,  2  0 ...(i)
3 1 a b
 =
2 k –1 k –1 ax – by – a2 + b2 = 0 ...(ii)
1 1 Equations can be rewritten as
and  bx + ay – 2ab = 0
k –1 2k  1
ax – by – (a2 – b2) = 0
 3(k – 1) = 2k – 1
By cross-multiplication, we have
 2k + 1  k – 1
 3k – 3 = 2k – 1 a – 2 ab b a
 2k – k  – 1 – 1
–b – a2 + b2 a –b
 3k – 2k = – 1 + 3
 k –2 x y 1
= 
 a 3  ab 2  2 ab 2 2 a 2 b  a 2 b  b 3  b2  a2
 k =2
Hence, for the values of k = 2 and k  – 2, the x y 1
given pair of linear equations have no solution.  
 a 3  ab 2  a 2 b  b 3 ( b 2  a 2 )
7. For which values of p and q will the following
system of linear equations have infinitely many x y 1
= 
solutions?  a (a2  b2)  b(a 2  b 2 )  (a 2  b 2 )
4x +5y = 2 Hence, x = a, y = b are the solution of given
(2p + 7q)x + (p + 8q)y = 2q – p + 1 equations.
34 PAIR OF LINEAR EQUATIONS IN TWO VARIABLES

9. Solve the following pair of equations for x and y 1 x

=
2 2 4a  4b 2 2b 2  8ab  2a 2  8ab
2
a b a 2b b 2a
 =0;  =a+b;
x y x y y 1
= 2 2

x  0 and y  0 2ab  8b  2ab  8a 4(a  b 2 )
2

1 1 x y 1
Sol. Put = P and y = Q in the given equations, 2 2 = 2 2

x 2(a  b ) 8(a  b ) 4(a  b 2 )
2

we have
1
a2P – b2Q = 0 ...(i)  x=– and y = 2 are the solutions of given
2
a2bP + b2aQ = a + b ...(ii) equations.
Multiply (i) by a, we have 11. Solve for x and y:
a3P – b2aQ = 0 ...(iii)
ax by
Adding (ii) and (iii), we have – =a+b
b a
(a2b + a3)P = a + b
ax – by = 2ab
ab 1 ax by
P = 2  2 Sol. – =a+b ...(i)
a (a  b) a b a
From (i), we have ax – by = 2ab ...(ii)
1 Divide (ii) by a, we have
a 2  2  – b2Q = 0
a 
by
x– = 2b ...(iii)
1 a
 Q =
b2 Subtracting (i) from (iii), we have
1 1  a
Thus, P = 2 and Q = 1 –  x = b – a
a b2  b

1 1 1 1 ba
 = 2 and   x = b – a  x = b
x a y b2  b 
 x = a2 From (ii), we have ab – by = 2ab
and y = b2. – by = 2ab – ab = ab
10. Solve the following system of linear equations y =–a
by cross-multiplication method: Hence, x = b and y = – a.
2(ax – by) + (a + 4b) = 0 12. Solve for x and y, given x  0, y  0.
2(bx + ay) + (b – 4a) = 0
2 2 1 3 2
Sol. Equations can be rewritten as   ;  0
x 3y 6 x y
2ax – 2by + (a + 4b) = 0
2bx + 2ay + (b – 4a) = 0 Hence, find a for which y = ax – 4
 By cross-multiplication method, we have 1 1
Sol. Put = p and y = q, we have
x x
(2b)(b  4a)  2a(a  4b)
2 1
2p + q =
y 3 6
=
(2b)(a  4b)  2a(b  4a)  12p + 4q = 1 ...(i)
PAIR OF LINEAR EQUATIONS IN TWO VARIABLES 35
and 3p + 2q = 0 ...(ii)  9y = 9
Multiply (ii) by 2 and subtract from (i), we have  y =1
6p =1 Substituting the value of y in equation (i), we have
1 x+1 =9
 p =
6
From (ii), we have  x =9–1=8
1 Hence, the original number = 10y + x
3× + 2q = 0
6 = 10 (1) + 8
1 = 10 + 8 = 18
 2q = 
2
1 14. For what values of a and b will the following
 q =  system of linear equations has infinitely many
4
1 1 solutions?
Thus, p = and q = 
6 4 2x – 3y = 7 ; (a + b)x – (a + b – 3)y = 4a + b
1 1 Sol. Given linear equations are
 =
x 6
2x – 3y – 7 = 0 ...(i)
1 1
and 
y = 4 and (a + b)x – (a + b – 3)y – (4a + b) = 0 ...(ii)
 x =6 a1 2 b 3
and y =–4 Now, = ; 1 =
a2 a  b b2 a b–3
Now, y = ax – 4
 – 4 = a(6) – 4 c1 7
and c =
 6a =0 2 4a  b
 a =0 For a pair of linear equations to have an infinite
Hence, the required solution is x = 6, y = –4 and number of solutions, we have
value of a is 0.
a1 b c1
13. The sum of the digits of a two-digit number is = 1 = c
9. Also, nine times this number is twice the a2 b2 2
number obtained by reversing the order of the
2 3 7
digits. Find the number.  = =
ab a b–3 4a  b
Sol. Let the unit’s place of a two-digit number be x
and the ten’s place of a two-digit number be y. 2 3 3 7
 = and =
 Original number formed= 10y + x ab a b–3 a b–3 4a  b
By the given condition, we have x + y = 9 ...(i)  2a + 2b – 6 = 3a + 3b and
By reversing the digits, new number = 10x + y 12a + 3b = 7a + 7b – 21
Again, by the given condition, we have a+b =–6 ... (iii)
9(10y + x) = 2(10x + y) and 5a – 4b = –21 ... (iv)
 90y + 9x = 20x + 2y From equation (iii), we have a = –b – 6 (v) and
substituting it in equation (iv), we obtain
 90y + 9x – 20x – 2y = 0
5(–b – 6) – 4b = – 21
 – 11x + 88y = 0
 –5b – 30 – 4b = – 21
 – x + 8y = 0 ...(ii)  –9b = 9
By adding (i) and (ii), we have  b =–1
(x + y) + (– x + 8y) = 9 + 0 From equation (v), we have a = – (–1) – 6 = –5
 x + y – x + 8y = 9 Hence, the values of a and b are a =–5 and
b =–1.
36 PAIR OF LINEAR EQUATIONS IN TWO VARIABLES

Long Answer Type Questions

15. Draw the graph of the equations x – y + 1 = 0 and 3x + 2y – 12 = 0. Using this graph, find the values of
x and y which satisfy both the equations.
Sol. Given pair of equations are:
x–y+1 =0 ...(i)
and 3x + 2y – 12 = 0 ...(ii)
From eqn. (i), we have
y =x+1
Table of solutions is:
x 0 1 3
y 1 2 4
From eqn. (ii), we have
3x + 2y – 12 = 0
12  3 x
y =
2
Table of solutions is:
x 0 2 4
y 6 3 0
Plot the points (0, 1), (1, 2),
(3, 4); (0, 6), (2, 3), (4, 0) and
join them to get two straight
lines intersecting each other at
(2, 3).
Thus, the required solution is x = 2 and y = 3.
16. The coach of a cricket team buys 3 bats and 6 balls for ` 3900. Later, she buys another bat and 3 more balls
of the same kind for ` 1300. Represent this situation algebraically and geometrically.

Sol. Let the cost of 1 bat be ` x and one ball be ` y.

x+2 Y
Then, the algebraic representation is given by the y=1
30
0
following equations:
3x + 6y = 3900 x+3 A(100,600)
y=1 600
300
or x + 2y = 1300 ...(i) 500 B(300,500)
P(100,400
and x + 3y = 1300 ...(ii) 400 )

To obtain, the geometric representation, we find 300 Q(400,300)

two points on the line representing each equation.
200
From equation (i), we have
100
2y = 1300 – x
X
–500 –400 –300 –200 –100 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700
1300 – x –100
 y = ...(iii)
2 –200

Table of solutions for equation (iii) –300

x 100 300
y 600 500
PAIR OF LINEAR EQUATIONS IN TWO VARIABLES 37
From equation (ii), we have
3y = 1300 – x
1300 – x
 y = ...(iv)
3
Table of solutions for equation (iv)

x 100 400
y 400 300

Plot the points A(100, 600), B(300, 500) and

P(100, 400), Q(400, 300) corresponding to the
solutions. Now, draw the lines AB and PQ
representing the equations x +2y = 1300 and
x + 3y =1300 as shown in graph.
17. Solve the following pair of linear equations
graphically:
x + 3y = 6, 2x – 3y = 12
Also, shade the region bounded by the line Hence, the required shaded region bounded by
2x – 3y = 12 and both the coordinate axes. the line 2x – 3y = 12 and both the coordinate
axes is given in the graph.
Sol. Given pair of linear equations are:
18. Solve the following pairs of equations by reducing
x + 3y = 6 ...(i)
them to a pair of linear equations:
and 2x – 3y = 12 ...(ii)
2 3 4 9
From (i), we have + =2 ; – = –1
x y x y
6x Sol. Given equations are:
y =
3
2 3
Table of solutions is: + =2 ...(i)
x y
x 0 3 6 4 9
and – = –1 ...(ii)
y 2 1 0 x y

From (ii), we have 1 1

Let = p and = q, then equations (i)
2 x  12 x y
y =
3 and (ii) become
Table of solutions is: 2p + 3q = 2 ...(iii)
and 4p – 9q = – 1 ...(iv)
x 0 3 6
Equations (iii) and (iv) can be rewritten as,
y 4 2 0
2p + 3q – 2 = 0
Plot the points (0, 2), (3, 1), (6, 0) and 4p – 9q + 1 = 0
(0, –4), (3, –2), (6, 0) and join them to obtain By the cross-multiplication method, we have
two straight lines intersecting each other at 3 –2 2 3
(6, 0). Thus, the required solution is x = 6 and
y = 0.
–9 1 4 –9
38 PAIR OF LINEAR EQUATIONS IN TWO VARIABLES

p q 2 4
Then, = and + =5 ...(iv)
(3)(1) – (– 9)(– 2) (– 2)(4) – (1)(2) y x
1
= 1 1
(2)(– 9) – (4)(3) Let = p and = q, then the equations (iii)
y x
p q 1 and (iv) become
 = =
3 – 18 –8– 2 –18 –12 6p + 3q = 6 ...(v)
p q 1 and 2p + 4q = 5 ...(vi)
 = = Equations (v) and (vi) can be rewritten as
–15 –10 – 30
6p + 3q – 6 = 0 and 2p + 4q – 5 = 0
p 1
 = By cross-multiplication method, we have
–15 –30
3 –6 6 3
q 1
and = 4 –5 2 4
–10 – 30
p q
–15 1 Then, =
 p = = (3) (– 5) –(4)(– 6) (– 6)(2) –(– 5)(6)
– 30 2

–10 1 1
 q = = =
– 30 3 (6)(4)–(2)(3)

1 p q 1
Now, = p  = =
x –15  24 –12  30 24 –6
1
and =q p q 1
y  = =
9 18 18
1 1
 = p 1
x 2  =
9 18
1 1
 = q 1
y 3 and =
18 18
Squaring both sides, we have
1 9
1 1 1  p =
= = 18
x 4 y 9
 x = 4 y =9 18
 q =
Hence, the required solution is x = 4 and y = 9. 18
19. Solve the following pair of equations by reducing 1
them to a pair of linear equations:  p =
2
6x +3y = 6xy ; 2x + 4y = 5xy
 q =1
Sol. Given equations are: 6x + 3y = 6xy ...(i)
and 2x + 4y = 5xy ...(ii) 1
Now, =p
Divide (i) and (ii) by xy, we have y

6 3 1
+ =6 ...(iii) and =q
y x x
PAIR OF LINEAR EQUATIONS IN TWO VARIABLES 39

1 p q 1
or y =  = =
p 7 21 42
1 p 1
y = 1  =
7 42
2
p 1
1 and =
 x = 21 42
q
7 1
1  p = =
 x = 42 6
1
 y =2 21 1
 x =1  q = =
42 2
Hence, the required solution is x = 1, y = 2.
1
20. Solve the following pair of equations by reducing Now, =p
x3
them to a pair of linear equations:
3 2 1 9 1 1
– =– ; + =2  =q
x+ 3 y – 3 2 x+ 3 y – 3 y–3

3 2 1 1 1
Sol. Given equations are: – =– ...(i)  =
x3 y–3 2 x3 6
1 1
9 1  =
and + =2 ...(ii) y –2 3
x3 y–3
 x+3 =6
1 1  y–3 =2
Let = p and = q, then equations (i)
x3 y–3  x =6–3=3
and (ii) become  y =2+3=5
1 Hence, the required solution is x = 3 and y = 5.
3p – 2q = – ...(iii) 21. A person can row 8 km upstream and 24 km
2
downstream in 4 hours. He can row 12 km
and 9p – 3q = 1 ...(iv)
downstream and 12 km upstream in 4 hours.
Equations (iii) and (iv) can be rewritten as, Find the speed of person in still water and also
6p – 4q + 1 = 0 the speed of the current.
and 9p + q – 2 = 0 Sol. Let the speed of person in still water be x km/h
By the cross-multiplication method, and speed of current be y km/h.
–4 1 6 –4 Effective speed in upward journey
= (x – y) km/h
1 –2 9 1 Effective speed in downward journey
p q = (x + y) km/h
Then, =
(–4)(– 2) –(1)(1) (1)(9) – (–2)(6) According to the statement of the question, we
have
1
= (6)(1)–(9)(–4) 8 24
 =4
xy xy
p q 1 2 6
 = = 
8 –1 9  12 6  36  xy xy =1
40 PAIR OF LINEAR EQUATIONS IN TWO VARIABLES

12 12 40 55
and 
xy xy =4  = 13 ...(ii)
xy xy
3 3

 xy xy =1 1 1
Put = p and = q.
1 1 xy xy
Put = a and = b, we have
xy xy
 30p + 44q = 10 ...(iii)
2a + 6b = 1 ...(i)
40p + 55q = 13 ...(iv)
3a + 3b = 1 ...(ii)
Multiplying (iii) by 4 and (iv) by 3, we have
Multiply (ii) by 2 and subtract from (i), we have
120p + 176q = 40
(2 – 6) a = 1 – 2
120p + 165q = 39
 – 4a = –1
Subtracting above two equations, we obtain
1 11q = 1
 a =
4 1
Now, from (i), we have  q=
11
1
2   + 6b = 1 1 1 11
4   
= x + y = 11
11 xy 11
11
1 1
 6b = 1   ...(v)
2 2
From (iii), we obtain
1
 b = 1
12 30p + 44 × = 10
1 1 11
Thus, a = and b =
4 12 30p + 4 = 10  30p = 6
1 1 1 1 6 1
 = and 

xy 4 x  y 12  p =
30 5
 x–y =4 ...(iii)
and x + y = 12 ...(iv) 1 1
 x  y  5
Adding (iii) and (iv), we have
2x = 16  x– y=5 ...(vi)
 x =8 Adding (v) and (vi), we have
From (iv), we have 8 + y = 12 2x = 16
 y =4 x=8
Hence, speed of person in still water is 8 km/h From (v), we have
and speed of the current is 4 km/h. 8 + y = 11
22. A boat goes 30 km upstream and 44 km  y = 11 – 8 = 3.
downstream in 10 hours. In 13 hours, it can go Hence, the speed of the stream is 3 km/h and that
40 km upstream and 55 km downstream. of the boat in still water is 8 km/h.
Determine the speed of the stream and that of 23. 8 men and 12 boys can finish a piece of work in
the boat in still water. 10 days while 6 men and 8 boys can finish it in
Sol. Let the speed of the boat in still water be x km/h 14 days. Find the time taken by one man alone
and the speed of the stream be y km/h. and one boy alone to finish the work.
According to the statement, we obtain Sol. Let the time taken by one man alone to finish the
30 44 work be x days and time taken by one boy alone
 = 10 ...(i)
xy xy to finish the work be y days.
PAIR OF LINEAR EQUATIONS IN TWO VARIABLES 41
According to the statement of the question, we 24. A man sold a chair and a table together for ` 1520
have thereby making a profit of 25% on the chair and
10% on the table. By selling them together for
8 12 1
 = ...(i) ` 1535, he would have made a profit of 10% on
x y 10 the chair and 25% on the table. Find the cost
price of each.
6 8 1
 = ...(ii) Sol. Let cost price of a chair be ` x and cost price of a
x y 14
table be ` y.
Solving (i) and (ii), we have According to the statement of the question, we
16 24 1 have
 = (x + 25% of x) + (y + 10% of y) = 1520
x y 5
125 110
18 24 3  ×x+ × y = 1520
 = 100 100
x y 14
 125x + 110y = 152000 ...(i)
(–) (–) (–)
And (x + 10% of x) + (y + 25% of y) = 1535
2 1 3 110 125
=   ×x+ × y = 1535
x 5 14 100 100

2 14  15  110x + 125y = 153500 ...(ii)

= Adding eqn. (i) and eqn. (ii), we have
x 70
235x + 235 y = 305500
2 1 or x + y = 1300 ...(iii)
=
x 70 Subtracting eqn. (ii) from eqn. (i), we have
 x = 140 15x – 15y = – 1500
On putting x = 140 in equation (i), we have or x – y = – 100 ...(iv)
8 12 1
Adding (iii) and (iv), we obtain
 = 2x = 1200
140 y 10
 x = 600
12 1 8 From eqn. (iii), we obtain
= 
y 10 140 600 + y = 1300
 y = 700
12 14  8
= Hence, the cost price of one chair is ` 600 and
y 140 one table is ` 700.
25. A man travels 370 km partly by train and partly by
12 6
= car. If he covers 250 km by train and rest by car,
y 140
it takes him 4 hours. But if he travels 130 km by
6y = 12 × 140 train and rest by car, he takes 18 minutes longer.
Find speed of the train and that of the car.
12  140
y = = 280 Sol. Let speed of the train be x km/h and speed of the
6
car be y km/h
Hence, time taken by one man alone to finish the If a man travels 250 km by train, then distance
work in 140 days and one boy alone to finish the covered by car = 370 – 250 = 120 km
work in 280 days.
250
Time taken to travel 250 km by train =
x
42 PAIR OF LINEAR EQUATIONS IN TWO VARIABLES

120
Time taken to travel 120 km by car = 75 1
y q = ×
100 60
250 120
 =4 1
x y  q =
80
(Total time taken = 4 hours)  Speed of the train = 100 km/h and speed of
125 60 the car= 80 km/h.
 =2
x y 9
26. A fraction becomes , if 2 is added to both the
Again, if man travels 130 km by train, then distance 11
travelled by car = 370 – 130 = 240 km numerator and the denominator. If 3 is added to
both the numerator and the denominator it
130
Time taken to travel 130 km by train = 5
x becomes . Find the fraction.
6
240 x
Time taken to travel 240 km by car = Sol. Let the given fraction be .
y y
130 240 18 By the given conditions,
 =4 x2
x y 60 9
= ...(i)
43 y2 11
130 240
 =
x y 10 x3 5
and = ...(ii)
1300 2400 y3 6
 = 43 From equation (i), we have
x y
11 (x + 2) = 9(y + 2)
1 1  11x + 22 = 9y + 18
Let = p and =q
x y  11x = 9y + 18 – 22
125p + 60q =2 ...(i)  11x = 9y – 4
1300p + 2400q = 43 ...(ii)
9y – 4
or 5000p + 2400q = 80  x = ...(iii)
11
1300p + 2400q = 43
From equation (ii), we have
(–) (–) (–)
6(x + 3) = 5(y + 3)
3700 p = 37  6x + 18 = 5y + 15
1
p =  6x = 5y + 15 – 18
100
 6x = 5y – 3 ...(iv)
1
On putting p = in equation (i), we have Substituting the value of x from equation (iii) in
100
equation (iv), we have
125
 60q = 2
100  9y – 4 
6  = 5y – 3
 11 
125
60q = 2 –  6(9y – 4) = 11(5y – 3)
100
 54y – 24 = 55y – 33
200  125
60q =  54y – 55y = – 33 + 24
100
 –y =–9
75  y =9
60q =
100
PAIR OF LINEAR EQUATIONS IN TWO VARIABLES 43
Substituting the value of y in equation (iii), we 4 4
 AD = x ×  AD = x
have 3 3
9(9) – 4 Distance covered by the car which starts from the
x = point B = speed × time
11
81 – 4 77 4
 x = = =7  DB = y ×
3
11 11
4
x 7  DB = y
Hence, the required fraction is = . 3
y 9 But AB = AD + DB
27. Points A and B are 80 km apart on a highway.
One car starts from A and another from B at the 4 4
 x  y = 80
3 3
same time. If the cars travel in the same direction
at different speeds, they meet in 8 hours. If they x + y = 60 ...(ii)
travel towards each other, they meet in 1 hour Adding (i) and (ii), we have
20 minutes. What are the speeds of the two cars? 2x = 70
Sol. Let the speed of a car which starts from the point 70
A be x km/h  x= = 35 km/h
2
and the speed of a car which starts from the point Substituting the value of x in equation (i), we have
B be y km/h 35 – y = 10
Case I: When the cars travel in the same direction  y = 35 – 10 = 25 km/h
at a constant speed: Hence, speed of one car is 35 km/h and speed of
another car is 25 km/h.
A B C 28. Four years ago a father was six times as old as
80 km
his son. Ten years later, the father will be two
Let the cars meet at the point C after 8 hours and a half times as old as his son. Determine the
Distance covered by the car which starts from the present age of father and his son.
point A = speed × time Sol. Let the present age of father be x years and present
 AC = x × 8 age of son be y years.
 AC = 8x According to the statement of the question, we
and distance covered by the car which starts from have
the point B = speed × time x – 4 = 6(y – 4)
 BC = y × 8 x – 4 = 6y – 24
 BC = 8y x – 6y = – 20 ...(i)
But, AC = AB + BC 5
 8x = 80 + 8y and x + 10 = (y + 10)
2
 8x – 8y = 80 2x + 20 = 5y + 50
 x – y = 10 ...(i) 2x – 5y = 30 ...(ii)
Case II: When the cars travel toward each other: Multiplying (i) by 2, we have
2x – 12y = – 40
2x – 5y = 30
A D B
80 km (–) (+) (–)

The cars meet at D after 1 hour 20 minutes – 7y = – 70

Distance covered by the car which starts from the y = 10
point A = speed × time
44 PAIR OF LINEAR EQUATIONS IN TWO VARIABLES

From, (i) x – 6(10) = – 20 Sol. Let the speed of boat in still water be x km/h and
 x – 60 = – 20  x = 40 speed of the stream be y km/h.
Hence, present age of father = 40 years and of Effective speed in upward journey=(x – y) km/h
son = 10 years. Effective speed in downward journey
29. Five years hence, the age of Jacob will be three = (x + y) km/h
times that of his son. Five years ago, Jacob’s According to statement of the question, we obtain
age was seven times that of his son. What are
32 36
their present ages? + =7
x–y xy
Sol. Let the present age of Jacob be x years and the
present age of son be y years. 40 48
and + =9
5 years hence, Age of Jacob x–y xy
= (x + 5) years and age of son = (y + 5) years
By the first condition,(x + 5) = 3(y + 5) 1 1
Put = a and = b, we have
x–y xy
 x + 5 = 3y + 15
 x = 3y + 15 – 5 32a + 36b = 7 ...(i)
 x = 3y + 10 ...(i) 40a + 48b = 9 ...(ii)
5 years ago, Age of Jacob = (x – 5) years and age a b –1
= =
of son = (y – 5) years 36 7 7 32 32 36
By the second condition, x – 5 = 7(y – 5) 48 9 9 40 40 48
 x – 5 = 7y – 35
a b –1
 x = 7y – 30 ...(ii) = =
324 – 336 280 – 288 1536 – 1440
Substituting the value of x from equation (i) in
equation (ii), we have a b –1
= =
3y + 10 = 7y – 30 –12 –8 96
 3y = 7y – 40 a b 1
 3y – 7y = – 40 = =
12 8 96
 – 4y = – 40 1 1
 a = and b =
–40 8 12
 y= = 10 Again, putting the values of a and b, we obtain
–4
1 1
Substituting the value of y in equation (i), we have x–y
=
8
x = 3(10) + 10 1 1
 x = 30 + 10 and =
xy 12
 x = 40  x – y = 8 and x + y = 12
Hence, the present age of Jacob = 40 years and Adding these two equations, we have 2x = 20
the present age of son = 10 years.  x = 10
30. A boat covers 32 km upstream and 36 km And x + y = 12
downstream in 7 hours. Also, it can cover 40 km  10 + y = 12
upstream and 48 km downstream in 9 hours. Find  y =2
the speed of boat in still water and that of the Hence, the speed of boat in still water is 10 km/h
stream. and speed of the stream is 2 km/h.
PAIR OF LINEAR EQUATIONS IN TWO VARIABLES 45

APPLICATION BASED QUESTIONS (Solved)

1. Solve for x and y: interest. How much money did she invest in each
q p scheme?
2 2
p x + q y = p + q ; x + y = 2pq. Sol. Let ` x and ` y be invested in two schemes A and
Sol. Given equations are: B respectively.
q p  According to the statement of the question, we
2 2
px+ q y =p +q have
or q2x + p2y = pq (p2 + q2) ...(i) 8% of x + 9% of y = 1860
And x + y = 2pq ...(ii) 8 9
or ×x+ × y = 1860
2
Multiplying eqn. (ii) by p and subtract from (i), 100 100
we have or 8x + 9y = 186000 ...(i)
q2x + p2y – p2x – p2y = p3q + pq3 – 2p3q and 8% of y + 9% of x = 1860 + 20
(q2 – p2)x = pq3 – p3q 8 9
or ×y+ × x = 1880
100 100
pq(q 2 – p2 )
x = = pq or 9x + 8y = 188000 ...(ii)
q 2 – p2
Multiplying (i) by 8 and (ii) by 9, we have
From eqn. (ii), we have
64x + 72y = 1488000
pq + y = 2pq
81x + 72y = 1692000
 y = 2pq – pq
Subtracting these two equations, we obtain
 y = pq
17x = 204000
Hence, the values of x and y are x = pq and x = 12000
y = pq.
From eqn. (i), we obtain
2. Susan invested certain amount of money in two
8(12000) + 9y = 186000
schemes A and B, which offer interest at the rate
9y = 186000 – 96000
of 8% per annum and 9% per annum,
respectively. She received ` 1860 as annual = 90000
interest. However, had she interchanged the  y = 10000
amount of investments in the two schemes, she Hence, ` 12000 and ` 10000 be the required
would have received ` 20 more as annual investments in scheme A and scheme B
respectively.

ANALYZING, EVALUATING & CREATING TYPE QUESTIONS (Solved)

1. Solve the following pair of equations: 1 1
and a– b =– 1
1 + 1 = 3 ; 2 2 8
3x + y 3x – y 4
1
or a–b =– ...(ii)
1 1 1 4
– =–
2(3x+ y) 2(3x – y) 8 Adding (i) and (ii), we have
1 1 3 1 1
Sol. Let = a and =b 2a = – =
3x  y 3x – y 4 4 2
 Given pair of equations can be rewritten as 1
 a =
3 4
a+b = ...(i)
4
46 PAIR OF LINEAR EQUATIONS IN TWO VARIABLES

From eqn. (i), we have According to the statement of the question, we

1 3 obtain
+b =
4 4 4x + 5y = 3400 ...(i)
 b =
1 and x + 4y = 2500 ...(ii)
2 From eqn. (i), we have
Again, substituting values of a and b, we have
3400 – 4 x
1
=
1
 3x +y = 4
y =
5
3x  y 4
Table of solutions is:
1 1
and 3 x – y = 2  3x – y = 2 x 400 0 850
Adding these two equations, we have y 360 680 0
6x = 6
From eqn. (ii), we have
 x =1
x = 2500 – 4y
And 3(1) + y = 4
 y =1 Table of solutions is:
Hence, the values of x and y are x = 1, y = 1. x 900 500 0
2. A chemist has one solution which is 50% acid y 400 500 625
and a second solution which is 25% acid. How
much of each should be mixed to make 10 litres
of a 40% acid solution?
Sol. Here, total quantity of solution is 10 litres.
Let quantity of 50% acid solution be x litres,
therefore, quantity of 25% acid solution is
(10 – x) litres.
According to the statement of the question,
we have
50% of x +25% of (10 – x) = 40% of 10
50 25 40
×x+ × (10 – x) = × 10
100 100 100
50x + 250 – 25x = 400
50x – 25x = 400 – 250
25x = 150
150
x = =6
25
Hence, 6 litres of 50% acid solution and 4 litres
of 25% acid solution should be mixed to get
10 litres of 40% acid solution.
3. Mr Sehgal buys 4 chairs and 5 tables for Plot the points (400, 360), (0, 680), (850, 0) and
` 3400. Later he buys another chair and 4 tables (900, 400), (500, 500), (0, 625).
more of the same type for ` 2500. Form the pair Clearly, pair of linear equations intersect at
of linear equations and find the solutions (100, 600).
graphically.
Hence, cost price of each chair is ` 100 and
Sol. Let the cost price of each chair be ` x and cost cost price of each table is ` 600.
price of each table be ` y.
PAIR OF LINEAR EQUATIONS IN TWO VARIABLES 47
4. Mala travels 300 km to her home partly by train 1
and partly by bus. She takes 4 hours if she travels 4a + 8b =
6
60 km by train and the remaining by bus. If she or 24a + 48b = 1 ...(ii)
travels 100 km by train and the remaining by Multiplying eqn. (i) by 4 and eqn. (ii) by 5,
bus, she takes 10 minutes longer. Find the speed we have
of the train and the bus separately.
60a + 240b = 4
Sol. Let the speed of the train be x km/h and the speed
120a + 240b = 5
of the bus be y km/h.
Subtracting these two equations, we have
According to the statement of the question,
we have 60a = 1
1
60 240  a =
+ y =4 60
x
1
Also, 15 × + 60b = 1
15 60 60
or + y =1 ...(i) 3
x 1
 60b = 1 – =
4 4
100 200 10
and + =4 3 1 1
x y 60  b = × =
4 60 80
4 8 1 Again, substituting the values of a and b, we have
or + y = ...(ii)
x 6 1 1 1 1
=  x = 60 and y =  y = 80
x 60 80
1 1
Put = a and y = b Hence, the speed of the train is 60 km/h and the
x
speed of the bus is 80 km/h.
15a + 60b = 1 ...(i)

NOTES
48 PAIR OF LINEAR EQUATIONS IN TWO VARIABLES

ASSIGNMENT-I

Q.1. How many solutions do the lines l1, l2 and l3 have in common?
(a) 0 (b) 1
(c)  (d) None of these

Q.2. What type of lines do the pair of linear equations 2x + 3y – 5 = 0 and 26x + 39y – 60 = 0 represent?

(a) Intersecting lines (b) Parallel lines

(c) Coincident lines (d) None of these
Q.3. Solve x + y = 8, x – y = 2:
(a) x = 6, y = 4 (b) x= 4, y = 4
(c) x = 5, y = 3 (d) x = 6, y = 2
Q.4. The pair of equations 3x – 5y = 7 and – 6x + 10y = 7 have:
(a) a unique solution (b) infinitely many solutions
(c) no solution (d) two solutions
Q.5. If a pair of linear equations is consistent, then the lines will be:
(a) always coincident (b) always parallel
(c) always intersecting (d) intersecting or coincident
PAIR OF LINEAR EQUATIONS IN TWO VARIABLES 49
Q.6. Match the following :

Case P Case Q

Case R Case S

Case Number of Solutions

P 0
Q 1
R 
S

(a) P  0, Q  1, R  1, S   (b) P  1, Q  1, R  , S  0
(c) P  , Q  1, R  0, S  1 (d) P  1, Q  0, R  , S  1
50 PAIR OF LINEAR EQUATIONS IN TWO VARIABLES

5
Q.7. Graphically solve 2x + 5y = 10 and x = .
2
5 
(a) (5, 0) (b)  ,1 
2 
5 
(c)  ,  1  (d) None of these
2 
Q.8. For what value of k will the equations x + 2y + 7 = 0, 2x + ky + 14 = 0 represent coincident
lines?
(a) 1 (b) 2
(c) 3 (d) 4
Q.9. Solve 3x – 5y – 2 = 0 and 4x + 3y – 22 = 0.
(a) x = 4, y = –2 (b) x = –4, y = 2
(c) x = –4, y = –2 (d) x = 4, y = 2
Q.10. Solve 2x + 3y = 5 and mx + ny = m + n.
Q.11. Solve 89x + 123y = 670 and 123x + 89y = 602.
Q.12. Find the values of p and q for which the system of equations 2x + 3y = 7, (p + q)x + (2p – q)y = 21 has
infinitely many solutions.
Q.13. If 8x – 5y = 34 and 13x + 9y = 21, then find the value of x + y.
Q.14. Solve:
3y + 13 = 0
3x – 2y + 12 = 0
Q.15. Solve using substitution method: 0.4x + 0.3y = 1.7; 0.7x – 0.2y = 0.8.

NOTES
PAIR OF LINEAR EQUATIONS IN TWO VARIABLES 51

ASSIGNMENT-II
Q.1. Which of the following is not an algebraic method of finding the solution of a pair of linear equations in
two variables?
(a) Substitution (b) Elimination
(c) Cross-multiplication (d) Graphical
Q.2. How many solutions does the pair of linear equations 2x – 7y + 8 = 0 and 4x + 3y – 1 = 0 have?
(a) No solution (b) Unique solution
(c) Infinitely many (d) None of these
Q.3. The system of equations 3x – 5y = 20 and 6x – 10y = 40 has:
(a) one solution (b) exactly 2 solutions
(c) infinitely many solutions (d) no solutions
Q.4. Asha has only `1 and `2 coins with her. If the total number of coins that she has is 50 and the amount of
money with her is `75, then the pair of linear equations are:
(a) x – y = 75, x – 2y = 50 (b) x + y = 50, x + 2y = 75
(c) x – y = 75, x + 2y = 50 (d) x + y = 50, x – 2y = 75
Q.5. The father’s age is six times his son’s age. Four years hence, the age of the father will be four times his son’s
age. Then the pair of linear equations are:
(a) x + 6y = 0, x + 4y = 12 (b) x – 6y = 0, x + 4y = 12
(c) x – 6y = 0, x – 4y = 12 (d) x + 6y = 0, x – 4y = 12
Q.6. Find the values of  and  for which the system of linear equations 2x + 3y = 7, 2x + ( + )y = 28 has
infinitely many solutions.
(a)  = 2 and  = 6 (b)  = 6 and  = 2
(c)  = 4 and  = 8 (d)  = 8 and  = 4
Q.7. If the difference between an angle and its supplement is 70o, then find the bigger angle.
(a) 95° (b) 105°
(c) 115° (d) 125°
Q.8. Solve 2x + 5y = 11 and 3x – 4y = 5. Using cross-multiplication method.
(a) x = 3, y = – 1 (b) x = – 3, y = 1
(c) x = 3, y = 1 (d) x = – 3, y = – 1
Q.9. Five years ago, Nuri was thrice as old as Sonu. Ten years later, Nuri will be twice as old as Sonu. What is
Sonu’s age?
(a) 20 (b) 30
(c) 40 (d) 50
Q.10. 2 2
If ax – by = b – a and abx + aby = a + b , then evaluate xy.
Q.11. The sum of two numbers is 1000 and the difference between their squares is 256000. Find the numbers.
Q.12. Solve ax + by = a – b and bx – ay = a + b.
5 1
Q.13. Solve   2 and 6  3  1.
x 1 y 2 x 1 y 2
Q.14. A train covered a certain distance at a uniform speed. If the train was at 10 km/h faster, it would have
taken 2 hours less than the scheduled time. If the train was 10 km/h slower, it would have taken 3 hours
more than the scheduled time. Find the distance covered by the train.
Q.15. On selling a tea-set at 5% loss and a lemon-set at 15% gain, a crockery seller gains ` 7. If he sells the tea-set
at 5% gain and the lemon-set at 10% gain, he gains ` 13. Find the difference in the actual prices of the tea-
set and the lemon-set.
 CHAPTER 4

QUADRATIC EQUATIONS
Syllabus Reference and s are real numbers and p, r  0. Put each
linear factor equal to zero and we get the possible
 Introduction: values of x.
We are familiar with linear equations in one variable i.e., px + q = 0, rx + s = 0
and their solutions. In this chapter, we will learn the q s
 x =– , x =–
solutions of the equations of the type p(x) = 0, where, p r
p(x) is a quadratic (of degree 2) polynomial in one s
q
variable. We intend to study some applications of Thus, x = – and x = – are the two roots
p r
quadratic equations in day-to-day life situations.
of quadratic equation.
 Quadratic Equation:
(ii) Roots of a quadratic equation by quadratic
An equation with one variable (or unknown), in which
formula/completing the squares: Every
the highest power of the variable is two, is called a
quadratic equation can be rewritten in the form
quadratic equation.
(x + p)2 = q2, which is called the method of
The general form of a quadratic equation is completing the squares. By taking square root
ax2 + bx + c = 0 ; where a, b, c  R and a 0.
of both sides, we will have the roots of
Or quadratic equations.
Any equation of the form p(x) = 0, where p(x) is a Now, by quadratic formula (Sridharacharya
polynomial of degree 2, is called a quadratic equation. formula), find b2 – 4ac and if b2 – 4ac  0, then
In p(x) = 0, when we arrange the terms of p(x) in
the roots of quadratic equation
descending order of their degrees, we get the standard
ax2 + bx + c = 0, a  0 are given by
form, i.e., ax2 + bx + c =0, a  0. Therefore,
ax2 + bx + c = 0, a  0 is called the standard form – b  b 2 – 4ac – b – b 2 – 4ac
of a quadratic equation. = , =
2a 2a
 Solution of a quadratic equation/Roots of a quadratic  Nature of the roots:
equation:
By quadratic formula, the roots of quadratic equation
If two real numbers say  and are the zeroes of the are given by
quadratic polynomial p(x) = ax2 + bx + c, a 0,
then and are known as the roots/solutions of the – b  b 2 – 4ac – b – b 2 – 4ac
 = , =
quadratic equation p(x) = 0. 2a 2a
NOTE: A quadratic equation cannot have more than The nature of the roots of the quadratic equation
two roots which may be distinct or equal. ax2 + bx + c = 0, a  0 depends upon the value of
A quadratic equation may be solved by: the expression b2 – 4ac. This expression, b2 – 4ac is
called the discriminant and generally denoted
(i) factorisation or
by D.
(ii) quadratic formula (completing the squares)
Case I. When D > 0 i.e., b2 – 4ac > 0, then
(i) Roots of a quadratic equation by there are two real distinct roots, given by
factorisation : Resolve the quadratic equation
ax2 + bx + c = 0 into the product of two linear –b  D –b– D
 = ,  = .
factors say (px + q) and (rx + s), where p, q, r 2a 2a
QUADRATIC EQUATIONS 53
Case II. When D = 0 i.e., b2 – 4ac = 0, then there  Solution of word problems involving Quadratic
are two real repeated (equal) roots, given Equations:
by Read the statement of the problem carefully and
–b determine what quantity is to be found. Translate it
 =  = .
2a into symbolic language and formulate the quadratic
Case III. When D < 0 i.e., b2 – 4ac < 0, then equation in variable (unknown quantity) x.
there are no real roots.
Solve the equation and get the value of x and finally,
NOTE: In case of word problems, the obtained check whether the values so obtained satisfy all the
solution should always be verified with the
given conditions of the problem.
conditions of the original problem and not
in the equations obtained.

NCERT & BOARD QUESTIONS CORNER

(Remembering & Understanding Based Questions)
Short Answer Type-I Questions
1. The perimeter of a right triangle is 60 cm. Its 2. A train travels a distance of 480 km at a uniform
hypotenuse is 25 cm. Find the area of the speed. If the speed had been 8 km/h less, then it
triangle. would have taken 3 hours more to cover the same
Sol. Here, the perimeter of a right triangle= 60 cm distance. We need to find the speed of the train.
Length of the hypotenuse= 25 cm Sol. Distance travelled by a train = 480 km
Let the base of the right triangle be x cm Let the uniform speed of a train be x km/hour
 Perpendicular of the right triangle = 60 – 25 – x Distance 480
= (35 – x) cm Time taken by the train = = hours
Speed x
By using Pythagoras Theorem, we have When, the speed had been 8 km/hour less, then
x2 + (35 – x) 2 = (25)2 480
time taken by the train = hours
 x2 + 1225 + x2 – 70x =625 x –8
 2x2 – 70x + 600 = 0 480 480
or x2 – 35x + 300 = 0 By the given condition, we have = –3
x x –8
2
x – 15x – 20x + 300 = 0 480 480
 – =–3
 x(x – 15) – 20(x – 15) = 0 x x –8
 (x – 15) (x – 20) = 0
480 ( x –8) – 480 x
x = 15 or x = 20  =–3
x  x –8 
When x = 15, Base = 15 cm,
480 x – 3840 – 480 x
Altitude = 35 – 15 = 20 cm  =–3
x 2 –8 x
When x = 20, Base = 20 cm
 – 3840 = – 3 (x2 – 8x)
Altitude = 15 cm
 – 3x2 + 24x = – 3840
Now, area of the right triangle
1  3x2 – 24x – 3840 = 0
= × Base × altitude  x2 – 8x – 1280 = 0
2
1 1 Therefore, the speed of the train satisfies the
=  15  20 or  20  15
2 2 quadratic equation x2 – 8x – 1280 = 0.
= 150 cm2
54 QUADRATIC EQUATIONS

3. Find value of p such that the quadratic equation 3p = p2  p2 – 3p = 0

(p –12) x2 – 2 (p – 12)x + 2 = 0 has equal roots.  p(p – 3) = 0  p = 0 or p = 3
Sol. Here, (p – 12)x2 – 2 (p – 12) x + 2 = 0 has equal Rejecting p = 0, bcause it is not possible
roots.
Hence, p = 3.
 D =0
5. Find the nature of roots of the quadratic equation
 b2 – 4ac = 0
3 1
 [ – 2 (p – 12)]2 – 4 (p – 12) (2) = 0 2x 2  x  0.
2 2
 4 (p – 12)2 – 8 (p – 12) = 0 3 1
Sol. Given equation is 2 x 2  x 0
 4 (p – 12) (p – 12 – 2) = 0 2 2
 4 (p – 12) (p – 14) = 0 D = b2 – 4ac
 p – 12 = 0 or p – 14 = 0 2
 3   1 
 p = 12 or p = 14 =    4( 2 )  
 2  2
Rejecting p = 12,
9 98 1
[ p cannot be equal to 12 for quadratic equation ] = 4 =  0
2 2 2
(p – 12) x2 – 2(p – 12) x + 2 = 0
 Roots of the equation are real and unequal.
Hence, p = 14
6. The sum of two numbers is 9 and the sum of
4. Find the values of p for which one root of the
1
quadratic equation px2 – 14x + 8 = 0 is 6 times their reciprocals is . Find the numbers.
2
the other. Sol. Let the smaller number be x, then the other number
Sol. Let the roots of the given quadratic equation be  is 9 – x
and 6. According to statement of the question
So, the quadratic is 1 1 1
 =
(x – ) (x – 6) = 0 x 9x 2
 x – 6x – x + 62 = 0
2 9x x 1

x (9  x )
=
 x2 – 7x + 62 = 0 ...(i) 2
2  9 × 2 = 9x – x2
Given equation px – 14x + 8 = 0 can be written
 x2 – 9x + 18 = 0
14 8 =0  x (x – 3) – 6 (x – 3) = 0
as x2 – x ...(ii)
p p  (x – 3) (x – 6) = 0
 x = 3 or x = 6
Comparing the coefficients in (i) and (ii)
Hence, the smaller number is 3 and other number
14 is 9 – 3 i.e., 6.
7 = ...(iii)
p 7. The numerator of a fraction is 3 less than its
8 denominator. If 1 is added to the denominator,
and 6 2 = ...(iv) 1
p the fraction is decreased by . Find the
15
14 1 2 fraction.
or  =  
p 7 p Sol. Let the numerator of the fraction be x, then the
Putting the value of  in (ii) denominator of the fraction is x + 3
2 x
2 Thus, the fraction =
6  = 8 x3
 p p According to the statement of the question
64 8 x 1
= x
2 p = 
p ( x  3)  1 x  3 15
QUADRATIC EQUATIONS 55
x x 1  x2 + 7x – 15x + 12 = 0
 = 
x4 x3 15  x2 – 8x + 12 = 0
x ( x  3  x  4) 1  (x – 2) (x – 6) = 0
=   x = 2 or 6
( x  4)( x  3) 15
 –15x = – (x2 + 7x + 12) x 2 6 6
Hence, the fraction =  or  .
x3 5 63 9
Short Answer Type-II Questions
2  4m2a2 + 4a2 – 4c2 = 0
8. If x = and x = –3 are roots of the quadratic
3  4a2(m2 + 1) – 4c2 = 0
equation ax2 + 7x + b = 0, find the values of a  a2(1 + m2) = c2
and b.
or c2 = a2 (1 + m)2.
2
Sol. Since x = and x = –3 are roots of the quadratic 1 1 1 1
3 10. Solve for x:    .
equation abx a b x
ax2 + 7x + b = 0 1 1 1 1
2 Sol. Here, =  
2 2 abx a b x
 a   7  b = 0 1 1 1 1
3 3   = 
 4a + 42 + 9b = 0 abx x a b
 4a + 9b = – 42 ...(i) x a bx ab
 =
And a(–3) 2 + 7(–3) + b = 0 (a  b  x) x ab
 9a – 21 + b = 0 ( a  b ) ab
 =
 9a + b = 21 ...(ii) x 2  ax  bx ab
From (i) and (ii), we obtain  – ab = x2 + ax + bx
81a + 9b = 189  x2 + ax + bx + ab = 0
4a + 9b = – 42  x (x + a) + b (x + a) = 0
Subtracting above two equations, we have  (x + a) (x + b) = 0
77a = 231
 x + a = 0 or x + b = 0
231
 a = =3  x = – a or x= – b
77
11. Solve for x:
Now, from eqn. (ii), we have
1 3 5 1
9(3) + b = 21   , x  –1, – , 4
 b = 21 – 27 x  1 5x  1 x  4 5
 b =–6 1 3 5
Sol.  =
Hence, the values of a and b are a = 3 and b = – x  1 5x  1 x4
6. 5 x  1  3( x  1) 5
 =
9. If the equation (1 + m2) x2 + 2 mcx + c2 – a2 = 0 ( x  1)(5 x  1) x4
has equal roots then show that c2 = a2 (1 + m2).
5x  1  3x  3 5
Sol. Given equation is:  =
2 x4
(1 + m2) x2 + 2mcx + c2 – a2 = 0 5x  6x  1
8x  4 5
Since roots are real.  =
2 x4
 D = 0 or b2 – 4ac = 0 5x  6 x  1
 (x + 4) (8x + 4) = 5(5x2 + 6x + 1)
 (2mc)2 – 4(1 + m2) × (c2 – a2) = 0
 8x2 + 4x + 32x + 16 = 25x2 + 30x + 5
 4m2c2 – 4[c2 – a2 + m2c2 – m2a2] = 0
 4m2c2 – 4c2 + 4a2 – 4m2c2 + 4m2a2 = 0  25x2 – 8x2 + 30x – 4x – 32x + 5 – 16 = 0
 17x2 – 6x – 11 = 0
56 QUADRATIC EQUATIONS

 17x2 – 17x + 11x – 11 = 0  D = 4[2ac.bd – a2d2 – b2c2]

 17x(x – 1) + 11(x – 1) = 0  D =– 4[a2d2 + b2c2 – 2ab.bc]
 (x – 1) (17x + 11) = 0  D =– 4[(ad)2 + (bc)2 – 2.ad.bc]
11  D =– 4[ad – bc]2
 x = 1 or x =
17 It is given that
12. The time taken by a person to cover 150 km was ad  bc
1  ad – bc  0  ad – bc > 0
2 hours more than the time taken in the return
2  – 4(ad – bc) < 0  D < 0
journey. If he returned at a speed of 10 km/hour
Hence, the given equation has no real roots.
more than the speed while going, find the speed
14. The sum of two natural numbers is 8.
per hour in each direction.
Determine the numbers, if the sum of their
Sol. Let the speed of onward journey be x km/h
8
 Speed of return journey = (x + 10) km/h reciprocals is .
15
Total distance = 150 km
According to the statement of the equation, we Sol. Let one natural number be x, therefore, the other
natural number is 8 – x.
obtain
According to the statement of the question
150 150 1
 = 2 1 1 8
x x  10 2  =
x 8 x 15
 x  10  x  5 8 x  x 8
 150   = 2  =
 x( x  10)  x (8  x ) 15
1500 5 8 8
 2
=  =
x  10 x 2 2 15
8x  x
 600 = x2 + 10x  15 = 8x – x2
 x2 + 10x – 600 = 0  2
x – 8x + 15 = 0
 x2 + 30x – 20x – 600 = 0  2
x – 5x – 3x + 15 = 0
 (x + 30) (x – 20) = 0  x (x – 5) – 3 (x – 5) = 0
 x = – 30 or x = 20  (x – 3) (x – 5) = 0
Rejecting x = – 30, because speed cannot be  x = 3 or x = 5
negative, we have x = 20 Hence, the required numbers are 3, 5 or 5, 3.
Hence, speed of onward journey is 20 km/h and 15. The sum of a number and its positive square root
speed of return journey is 20 + 10 i.e., 30 km/h. 6
is . Find the number.
13. If ad  bc, then prove that the equation 25
Sol. Let the number be x
(a2 + b2) x2 + 2(ac + bd)x + (c2 + d2) = 0 has
6
no real roots.  x+ x =
25
Sol. Let D be the discriminant of the equation  25x + 25 x – 6 = 0
(a2 + b2) x2 + 2(ac + bd) x + c2 + d2 = 0
Put 2
Then D = b2 – 4ac x = y  x = y
 2
25y + 25y – 6 = 0
 D = [2(ac + bd)]2 – 4(a2 + b2) × (c2 + d2)] 2
 25y + 30y – 5y – 6 = 0
 D = 4[a2c2 + 2acbd + b2d2]
 5y (5y + 6) – 1 (5y +6) = 0
– 4[a2c2 + a2d2 + b2c2 + b2d2]  (5y – 1) (5y + 6) = 0
 D = 4[a2c2 +2acbd + b2d2 – a2c2 – a2d2
1 6
– b2c2 – b2d2]  y= or y= 
5 5
QUADRATIC EQUATIONS 57
Again, substitute the value of y, we have 1
1 6  x =
x = or x = 25
5 5 1
[not possible because x is positive (given)] Hence, the required number is .
25
Long Answer Type Questions
16. A and B working together can do a piece of work 24 (18  x – 18  x )
in 6 days. If A takes 5 days less than B to finish (18 – x ) (18  x ) = 1
the work, in how many days B alone can do the 48x = 324 – x2
work? 2
x + 48x – 324 = 0
Sol. Let B takes x days to finish the work and A takes x2 + 54x – 6x – 324 = 0
(x – 5) days to finish the same work. (x + 54) (x – 6) = 0
As one day work + B’s one day work x = –54 or x = 6
1 1 Rejecting negative value of x, because speed cannot
= 
x5 x be negative, we have x = 6.
1 Hence, the speed of the stream is 6 km/h.
But (A + B)’s one day work =
6 18. In a flight of 2800 km, an aircraft was slowed
1 1 1 down due to bad weather. Its average speed is
  =
x5 x 6 reduced by 100 km/h and time increased by 30
1 2x  5 1 minutes. Find the original duration of the flight.
x5 x
 =  2 = Sol. Let the average speed of aircraft be x km/h
x ( x – 5) 6 x – 5x 6
2  Time taken to cover 2800 km with average speed
 12x – 30 = x – 5x
2800
 x2 – 5x – 12x + 30 = 0 = hrs
x
 x2 – 17x + 30 = 0 Due to bad weather, reduced speed of the aircraft
 2
x – 15x – 2x + 30 = 0 is (x – 100) km/h
 x(x – 15) – 2(x – 15) = 0  Time taken to cover 2800 km with reduced speed
 (x – 15) (x – 2) = 0 2800
(x – 100) km/h = hrs
 x = 15 or x=2 x  100
According to situation
But x can not be less than 6. So, B alone can finish
the work in 15 days. 2800 2800 1
 =
x  100 x 2
17. A motor boat whose speed is 18 km/h in still water
takes 1 hour more to go 24 km upstream than to 2800 x  2800 ( x  100) 1
 =
return downstream to the same spot. Find the x ( x  100) 2
speed of the stream. 2800 x  2800  100  2800 x 1
 =
Sol. Given that the speed of the motor boat in still water x 2  100 x 2
= 18 km/h  2(280000) = (x2 – 100x)
Let the speed of the stream be x km/h  x2 – 100x – 560000 = 0
Speed of the motor boat upstream  x2 – 800x + 700x – 560000 = 0
= (18 – x) km/h  x(x – 800) + 700(x – 800) = 0
Speed of the motor boat downstream  (x + 700) (x – 800) = 0
= (18 + x )km/h  Either x + 700 = 0 or x – 800 = 0
According to the statement of the question, we x = –700 or x = 800
have But x = –700 is not possible. Hence, x = 800.
24 24 So, the average speed of the aircraft= 800 km/h
– =1
18  x 18  x 2800 1
Original duration of the flight =  3 hours
800 2
58 QUADRATIC EQUATIONS

19. A shopkeeper buys some books for ` 80. If he Sol. Time taken by two taps together to fill the tank
had bought 4 more books for the same amount, 7 15
each book would have cost ` 1 less. Find the = 1 hours = hours
8 8
number of books he bought. Let V be the volume of the tank and x be the
Sol. Let the number of books bought be x. number of hours taken by the tap with longer
 Cost of x books = ` 80 diameter to fill the tank.
80 Number of hours taken by the tap with smaller
So, the cost of each book = `
x diameter to fill the tank = (x + 2) hours.
Now, when number of books bought is x + 4
80 By the given statement, we obtain
then, cost of each book = `
x4 V V V
According to statement  =
x x2 15 / 8
80 80
 =1 1 1 8
x x4 or  =
x x2 15
1 1 
 80    =1 x2 x 8
 x x4 =
2 15
 x4x x  2x
 80   =1
 x ( x  4)  30x + 30 = 8x2 + 16x
 320 = x2 + 4x or 8x2 – 14x – 30 = 0
 x2+ 4x – 320 = 0 or 4x2 – 7x – 15 = 0
 2
x + 20x – 16x – 320 = 0 4x2 – 12x + 5x – 15 = 0
 x(x + 20) – 16(x + 20) = 0
4x(x – 3) + 5(x – 3) = 0
 (x + 20) (x – 16) = 0
(x – 3) (4x + 5) = 0
Either x = –20 or x = 16
 x = 16 [_ x cannot be negative] 5
 x = 3 or x = 
Hence, the number of books bought by the 4
shopkeeper is 16. Rejecting negative value of time because time
cannot be negative, we have x = 3.
20. Two water taps together can fill a tank in Hence, time required by the tap of longer diameter
7 is 3 hours and time required by the tap of smaller
1 hours. The tap with longer diameter takes
8 diameter is 5 hours.
2 hours less than the tap with smaller one to fill
the tank separately. Find the time in which each
tap can fill the tank separately.

APPLICATION BASED QUESTIONS (Solved)

1. Using completing the square method, show that 2. If the roots of the quadratic equation:
the equation x2 – 8x + 18 = 0 has no solution. (c2 – ab)x2 – 2(a2 – bc) x + (b2 – ac) = 0 are
Sol. Given equation is x2 – 8x + 18 = 0 equal, then prove that either a = 0
 x2 – 2(x)4 + 16 + 2 = 0 or a3 + b3 + c3 = 3abc.
Sol. Given quadratic equation is:
 x2 – 2(x)4 + (4)2 = –2
(c2 – ab)x2 – 2(a2 – bc)x + (b2– ac) = 0
 (x – 4)2 = –2 Let us compare it with
Which is not possible, because square of a term Ax2 + Bx + C = 0
cannot be negative. We have
Hence, given equation has no solution. A = c2 – ab, B = –2(a2 – bc) and c = b2 – ac
QUADRATIC EQUATIONS 59
Now, for equal roots, we have 4. Solve: 22x + 3 – 65 (2x – 1) = 57
D =0 Sol. Given equation is:
 B2 – 4AC = 0 22x + 3 – 65(2x – 1) = 57
 {–2(a2 – bc)}2 – 4(c2 – ab) (b2 – ac) = 0 2 .23 – 65.2x + 65 – 57 = 0
2x

 8(2x)2 – 65(2x) + 8 = 0
 4(a4 + b2c2 – 2a2bc) – 4(c2b2 – ac3 – ab3
Put 2x = p
+ a2bc) = 0  8p2 – 65p + 8 = 0
 4{a4 + b2c2 – 2a2bc – c2b2 + ac3 + ab3  2
8p – 64p – p + 8 = 0
– a2bc} = 0  8p(p – 8) – 1(p – 8) = 0
 a4 + ab3 + ac3 – 3a2bc = 0  (p – 8) (8p – 1) = 0
 a(a3 + b3 + c3 – 3abc) = 0 1
 p = 8 or p =
8
 Either a = 0 or a3 + b3 + c3 – 3abc = 0 Again, substituting the value of p, we obtain
 Either a = 0 or a3 + b3 + c3 = 3abc. 1
3. Show that equations x2 + px + q = 0 and 2x = 8 or 2x =
8
x2 + qx + p = 0 have a common root, if either  2 = 2 or 2 = 2–3
x 3 x

p = q or p + q + 1 = 0.  x = 3 or x = – 3
Sol. Given quadratic equations are: 1
5. Solve: x = , x 2.
x2 + px + q = 0 and 2
1
1
x2 + qx + p = 0 2
2x
Let  be the common root of these equations Sol. Here, we have
 2 + p + q = 0 ...(i) 1
x=
1
2 + q + p = 0 ...(ii) 2
1
2
By using cross multiplication, we have 2x
2  1  x=
1
  1
p q q
1 1 p 2
4  2x 1
q p p 1 1 q
2
(2  x )
  1 1
= =  x=
p  q2
2 q p q p 2x
2
2  1 3  2x
= 
( p  q )( p  q ) qp qp 1
 x=
6  4x  2  x
Case I: If q – p 0, we obtain
3  2x
2  1 3  2x
= =  x=
( p  q ) 1 1 4  3x
2 = – (p+ q) and  = 1  4x – 3x2 = 3 – 2x
 (1)2 = –(p + q) p + q + 1 = 0  3x2 – 6x + 3 = 0
Case II: If q – p = 0, we obtain  x2 – 2x +1 = 0
p=q
 (x – 1)2 = 0
Hence, the result.
 x = 1,1
60 QUADRATIC EQUATIONS

ANALYZING, EVALUATING & CREATING TYPE QUESTIONS (Solved)

1. The diagonal of a rectangular field is 16 m more Since the speed of the stream cannot be negative,
than the shorter side. If the longer side is 14 m therefore negative value is not admissible
more than the shorter side, find the sides of the Thus, x = 1
field. Hence, the speed of the stream of water is
Sol. Let the shorter side of the rectangular field be x m. 1 km/h.
 Longer side = (x + 14) m 3. Solve the following equation for x:
Diagonal = (x + 16) m
9x2 – 9(a + b) x + (2a2 + 5ab + 2b2) = 0
Since given field is a rectangular field, therefore
each corner angle is 90º. Sol. Given quadratic equation is
By using Pythagoras Theorem, we have 9x2 – 9(a + b) x + (2a2 + 5ab + 2b2) = 0
(Diagonal)2 = (Longer side)2 + (Shorter side)2 Compare it with Ax2 + Bx + C = 0, A  0,
 (x + 16)2 = (x + 14)2 + x2 we have
 x2 + 256 + 32x = x2 + 196 + 28x + x2 A = 9, B = – 9(a + b)
 x2 – 4x – 60 = 0 and C = 2a2 + 5ab + 2b2
 (x – 10) (x + 6) = 0 Now, D = B2 – 4AC
 x = 10 or x = – 6
= {– 9(a + b)}2 – 4 × 9
Rejecting x = – 6, because side cannot be –ve
(2a2 + 5ab + 2b2)
x = 10
Hence, the sides of the rectangular field are = 81 a2 + 162 ab + 81b2 – 72a2
10 + 14 i.e., 24 m and 10 m. – 180ab – 72b2
2. A motor boat whose speed in still water is 5 km/h, = 9a2 – 18ab + 9b2
takes 1 hour more to go 12 km upstream than to
= 9(a2 – 2ab + b2) = 9(a – b)2
return downstream to the same spot. Find the
speed of the stream. = {3(a – b)}2  0,
Sol. Let the speed of the stream of water be x km/h Real and unequal roots.
 Effective speed of the boat during downstream By using quadratic formula, we have
= (5 + x) km/h
Effective speed of the boat during upstream –B  D 9( a  b )  {3( a – b )}2
x = =
= (5 – x) km/h 2A 29
Distance covered = 12 km 9( a  b )  3( a – b )
According to the statement of the question, we have =
29
12 12 3a  3b  ( a – b )
 =1 x =
5 x 5 x 6
 5 x5 x  3a  3b  a – b 3a  3b – a  b
 12  =1 x = and
 (5  x )(5  x )  6 6
24 x 4a  2b 2 a  4 b
 =1 x = and
25  x 2 6 6
2a  b a  2b
 24x = 25 – x2 x = and
2 3 3
 x + 24x – 25 = 0
Hence, roots of the given quadratic equation are
 (x + 25) (x – 1) = 0 2a  b a  2b
 x = – 25 or x = 1 or .
3 3
QUADRATIC EQUATIONS 61

ASSIGNMENT-I
Q.1. In standard form of a quadratic equation ax2 + bx + c = 0 (a, b and c are real numbers), and:
(a) a = 0 (b) a  0
(c) a = 1 (d) a  1
Q.2. 2
After comparing the equation x + 17x = 10 with standard form, the value of a + b + c is:
(a) 28 (b) – 28
(c) 8 (d) – 8
Q.3. 2
Values of k for which the quadratic equation 2x – kx+ k = 0 has equal root is:
(a) 0 only (b) 4
(c) 8 only (d) 0, 8
Q.4. The roots of x2 – 9 = 0 are:
(a) 3, 3 (b) – 3, – 3
(c) 3, – 3 (d) – 1, 9
Q.5. By factorisation method, the values of ‘x’ satisfying the equation x2 – 8x + 16 = 0 are:
(a) 4, – 4 (b) 4, 4
(c) – 4, – 4 (d) 2, 4
1
Q.6. For the quadratic equation x2 – 2x + 1 = 0, find the value of x + x .
(a) 1 (b) 2
(c) 3 (d) 4
Q.7. Which of the following equations has the sum of its roots as 3?
(a) 2x2 – 3x + 6 = 0 (b) –x2 + 3x – 3 = 0
3
(c) 2 x 2  x 10 (d) 3x2 – 3x + 3 = 0
2

Q.8. The roots of 3 x 2  10 x  7 3  0 are _____ .

(a) Integers (b) Rational numbers
(c) Real numbers (d) Whole numbers
Q.9. 2
Solve the quadratic equation 8x + 2x – 3 = 0 by using quadratic formula.
1 3 1 3
(a) or (b) or
2 4 2 4
1 3 1 3
(c) or (d) or
2 4 2 4
1 5
Q.10. If is a root of the equation x2 + kx – = 0, then find the value of k.
2 4
Q.11. Find the roots of x2 – 4x – 8 = 0 by the method of completing the square.
x  3 3x  7
Q.12. 
x  2 2x  3
Q.13. If the roots of x2 + px + 40 = 0 are in the ratio 2 : 5, then find the value of p.
1 3 5 1
Q.14. Solve for x :   , x  1,  ,  4
x  1 5x  1 x  4 5
Q.15. Find the roots of the equation 5x2 – 6x – 2 = 0 by the method of completing the square.
62 QUADRATIC EQUATIONS

ASSIGNMENT-II
Q.1. The sum of ages of a son and his father is 35 years and product of their ages is 150 years. To find their ages,
formulate the quadratic equation.
(a) x2 + 35x + 150 = 0 (b) x2 – 35x + 150 = 0 (c) x2 – 35x – 150 = 0 (d) – x2 – 35x + 150 = 0
Q.2. 4
The Discriminant of equation x – 4x + 2 = 0 is:
(a) 6 (b) 8 (c) 10 (d) 12
Q.3. The Discriminant of the equation is:
(a) Zero (b) Positive (c) Negative (d) None of these
Q.4. For ax2 + bx + c; a 0, if b2 – 4ac < 0, then the equation has:
(a) No real roots (b) 1 real root (c) 2 real roots (d) None of these
Q.5. For ax2 – bx – c = 0, where x  0, x =?

b  b 2  4 ac b  b 2  4 ac  b  b 2  4 ac
(a) x  (b) x  (c) x  (d) None of these
2a 2a 2a
Q.6. Find the value of k for which the given equation has real and equal roots: 2x2 – 10x + k = 0
25 25
(a) 25 (b) 40 (c) (d)
2 4
Q.7. Using quadratic formula, the roots of 2x2 + 5 3x + 6 = 0 are:

3 3 3
(a)  3, (b)  ,2 3 (c) ,2 3 (d) None of these
2 2 2
Q.8. Which of the following equations has 2 as a root?
(a) x2 – 4x + 5 = 0 (b) x2 + 3x – 12 = 0 (c) 2x2 – 7x + 6 = 0 (d) 3x2 – 6x – 2 = 0
1
Q.9. If x = – , is a solution of the quadratic equation 3x2 + 2kx – 3 = 0, find the value of k.
2
9 9 2 5
(a)  (b) (c) (d)
4 4 3 6

1 2 4
Q.10. Solve for x,  = , x  – 1, – 2, – 4.
x1 x2 x4
Q.11. If – 4 is a root of the quadratic equation x2 + px – 4 = 0 and x2 + px + k = 0 has equal real roots, then find the
value of k.
Q.12. If the roots of the quadratic equation (c2 – ab) x2 – 2(a2 – bc) x + (b2 – ac) 0 in x are equal, then show that
either a = 0 or a3 + b3 + c3 = 3abc.

Q.13. A student scored a total of 32 marks in class tests in mathematics and science. Had he scored 2 marks less
in science and 4 marks more in mathematics, the product of his marks would have been 253. Find his
marks in two subjects.
Q.14. Seven years ago, Varun’s age was five times the square of Swati’s age. Three years hence, Swati’s age will
be two-fifth of Varun’s age. Find their present ages.

1
Q.15. Two pipes running together can fill a cistern in 3 minutes. If one pipe takes 3 minutes more than the
13
other to fill it, find the time in which each pipe would fill the cistern.
QUADRATIC EQUATIONS 63

Unit Test–2
Time - 1 hour M.Marks : 40

SECTION-A Question Numbers 6 to 10 are very short answer

Question Numbers 1 to 3 are multiple choice type questions of 1 mark each.
questions (MCQs) of 1 mark each. 6. If  and  are the zeroes of a polynomial
1. If the lines given by 3x + 2ky = 2 and x 2  4 3 x  3 , then find the value of  + – 
2x + 5y + 1 = 0 are parallel, then the value of
7. Find the value of k such that the polynomial
k is :
x2 – (k + 6)x + 2(2k – 1) has sum of its zeroes
5 2 equal to half of their product.
(A)  (B)
4 5 8. Find c if the system of equations cx + 3y +
15 3 (3 – c) = 0; 12x + cy – c = 0 has infinitely many
(C) (D) solutions.
4 2
9. Find the roots of the quadratic equation
2. If the roots of x2 + mx + 12 = 0 are in the ratio
1 : 3, then m = x2 + 5 5x – 70 = 0.
(A) ±9 (B) ±8 10. Two straight paths are represented by the equations
x – 3y = 2 and – 2x + 6y = 5. Check whether the
(C) ±7 (D) ±6
paths cross each other or not.
3. In the given figure, ABCD is a rectangle, then
values of x and y are : SECTION-B
(A) x = – 4, y = – 1 (B) x = 4, y = – 1 Question Numbers 11 to 15 carry 2 marks each.
(C) x = 4, y = 1 (D) x = 1, y = – 4 11. On dividing x4 + x2 – 2x2 – 5x – 15 by the
D x – 3y C
polynomial g(x), the quotient and remainder were
x2 – 5 and zero respectively. Find g(x).
2
x–y

12. If x = and x = –3 are roots of the quadratic

5 3
equation ax2 + 7x + b = 0, find the values of a
and b.
A 7 B
13. Aruna has only ` 1 and ` 2 coins with her. If the
total number of coins that she has 50 and the
amount of money with her is ` 75, then find the
Question Numbers 4 to 5, fill in the number of `1 and ` 2 coins respectively.
blanks of 1 mark each. 14. Find all zeroes of the polynomial 3x3 + 10x2 – 9x – 4 if
4. For the quadratic equation x2 – 2x + 1 = 0, the one of its zero is 1.
1 15. Solve for x and y :
value of x  is ................... .
x ax by
– =a+b
5. Sum of the zeroes of the cubic polynomial b a
p(x) = x3 – 27x2 + 54 is ............. . ax – by = 2ab
64 QUADRATIC EQUATIONS

SECTION-C 19. If the polynomial f(x) = x4 – 6x3 + 16x2 – 25x + 10

Question Numbers 16 to 19 carry 3 marks each. is divided by another polynomial x2 – 2x + p, the
remainder comes out to be x + q. Find p and q.
16. The age of the father is twice the sum of the ages
of his two children. After 20 years, his age will be SECTION-D
equal to the sum of the ages of his children. Find Question Numbers 20 to 21 carry 4 marks each.
the age of the father.
20. A and B working together can do a piece of work
17. A train travels at a certain average speed for a in 6 days. If A takes 5 days less than B to finish
distance of 63 km and then travels a distance of the work, in how many days B alone can do the
72 km at an average speed of 6 km/h more than its work ?
original speed. If it takes 3 hours to complete the
21. A and B are two points 150 km apart on a high-
total journey, what is its original average speed? way. Two cars start with different speeds from
18. Solve the following pair of linear equations A and B at the same time. If they move in the
graphically : same direction, they meet in 15 hours but if they
x + 3y = 6, 2x – 3y = 12 move in the opposite directions, they meet in
Also, shade the region bounded by the line one hour. Find their speeds.
2x – 3y = 12 and both the coordinate axes.

ANSWERS

1. (C) 2. (B) 3. (B) 4. 2 5. 27 6. 4 3  3

7. k = 7 8. c = 6 9. 7 5, 2 5 10. Do not cross each other
1
11. x2 + x + 3 12. a = 3, b = –6 13. 25, 25 14.  4,  15. x = b, y = –a
3
16. 40 years 17. 42 km/h 19. p = 5 and q = –5 20. 15 days 21. 80 km/h, 70 km/h
 UNIT III : GEOMETRY
CHAPTER 5

TRIANGLES
A
Syllabus Reference AD AE
(ii) =
AB AC
 Similar geometric figures:
DB EC D E
Two geometric figures which are same in shape, such (iii) = l
that one is simply a copy of the other on a smaller AB AC
scale or a larger scale, are called similar geometric B C
figures. Two geometric figures are said to be similar  Converse of Basic Proportionality Theorem:
if and only if they have the same shape but not
necessarily the same size. If a line divides any two sides of a triangle in the
same ratio, the line is parallel to the third side i.e.,
 Two congruent geometric figures are always similar
In ABC, if l intersects AB in D and AC in E, such
but converse may or may not be true.
 Similar Polygons: that AD = AE , then:
DB EC
Two polygons of the same number of sides are
similar, if: l || BC or DE || BC
(i) their corresponding angles are equal and A
(ii) their corresponding sides are in proportion or
their corresponding sides are in the same ratio.
 The same ratio of the corresponding sides is referred D E
l
to as the representative fraction or the scale factor
for the polygons.
B C
 Similar Triangles:
Two triangles are said to be similar, if:  Criteria for Similarity of Triangles:
(i) their corresponding angles are equal and Two triangles are said to be similar, if:
(ii) their corresponding sides are in proportion (or (i) their corresponding angles are equal and
are in the same ratio).
(ii) their corresponding sides are in proportion (or
 Basic Proportionality Theorem (or Thales are in the same ratio).
Theorem):
If a line is drawn parallel to one side of a triangle
 (i) AA or AAA Similarity Criterion:
intersecting the other two sides, then it divides the If two angles of one triangle are equal to two
two sides in the same ratio. corresponding angles of another triangle, then
Or the triangles are similar.
If a line is drawn parallel to one side of a triangle, to If two angles of one triangle are respectively
intersect the other two sides in distinct points, the equal to the two angles of another triangle, then
other two sides are divided in the same ratio i.e., the third angles of the two triangles are
If in ABC, l || BC, intersecting in D and E, then: necessarily equal, because the sum of three
AD AE angles of a triangle is always 180°.
(i) =
DB EC
66 TRIANGLES

 (ii) SAS Similarity Criterion:  The ratio of the areas of two similar triangles is
If one angle of a triangle is equal to one angle of equal to the square of the ratio of their
another triangle and the sides including these corresponding medians.
angles are in the same ratio, then the two triangles  The ratio of the areas of two similar triangles is
are similar. equal to the ratio of the squares of their
Or corresponding altitudes.
If two sides of a triangle are proportional to two  The ratio of the areas of two similar triangles is
corresponding sides of another triangle and the equal to the ratio of the squares of their
angles included between them are equal, then the corresponding angle bisectors.
triangles are similar.  Pythagoras Theorem:
 (iii) SSS Similarity Criterion: In a right triangle, the square of the hypotenuse is
If in two triangles, sides of one triangle are equal to the sum of the squares of the other two sides.
proportional (or are in the same ratio) to the sides  Converse of Pythagoras Theorem:
of the other triangle, then the triangles are In a triangle, if square of one side is equal to the sum
similar. of the squares of the other two sides, then the angle
 If ABC  PQR by any one similarity criterion, opposite the first side is a right angle.
then : A =P, B = Q, C =R  If a perpendicular is drawn from the vertex of the
AB BC CA
right angle of a right triangle to the hypotenuse, the
and = = triangles on each side of the perpendicular are similar
PQ QR RP
to the whole triangle and similar to each other i.e.,
i.e., A and P, B and Q, C and R are the corresponding if in ABC, B = 90° and BD  AC, then:
vertices, also AB and PQ, BC and QR, CA and RP
(i) ADB  ABC
are the corresponding sides. A
(ii) BDC  ABC
 Areas of Similar Triangles: (iii) ADB  BDC D
The ratio of the areas of two similar triangles is equal
to the square of the ratio of their corresponding sides.
C
B

NCERT & BOARD QUESTIONS CORNER

(Remembering & Understanding Based Questions)
Short Answer Type-II Questions
1. In the given figure, AB || DC. Find the value Sol. Since the diagonals AC and BD of a trapezium
of x. ABCD (AB || DC) divide each other
proportionally.
D C AO BO
 =
3 –
5 OC OD
x
3x  19 x3
 =
O x5 3
19 x
–
– 3
3x  (3x – 19)3 = (x – 5) (x – 3)
 9x – 57 = x2 – 8x + 15
A B
 x2 – 17x + 72 = 0
 x2 – 9x – 8x + 72 = 0
TRIANGLES 67
 x(x – 9) – 8(x – 9) = 0 AB AC
 =
 (x – 9) (x – 8) = 0 AP AQ
Also, A = A
 x – 9= 0 [common]
or x – 8= 0  ABC ~ APQ
[by SAS similarity axiom]
 x= 9
AP PQ
or x= 8  =
AB BC
2. In the given figure, OA × OB = OC × OD.
Show that A = C and B = D. 3.5 4.5 10.5  4.5
 = BC =
C 10.5 BC 3.5
 BC = 13.5 cm
A
4. In the given figure, M = N = 50°. Express
O
x in terms of a, b and c, where a, b and c are the
D
lengths of LM, MN and NK respectively.
L

B P
a
Sol. As OA × OB = OC × OD x
OA OC 50° 50°
 = M K
OD OB b N c
AOD = COB [vert. opp. s]
Sol. As K = K
 AOD  COB
and LMK = PNK = 50°
[by SAS similarity axiom]
 A = C  By using AA similarity criterion, we have
PNK  LMK
 D = B
3. In figure, P and Q are points on the sides AB and NK PN
 =
AC respectively of ABC, such that AP= 3.5 cm, MK LM
PB = 7 cm, AQ = 3 cm and QC = 6 cm. If NK × LM
PQ = 4.5 cm, find BC.  PN =
MK
A
NK × LM
=
MN+NK
ac
Q P  x=
bc
5. In the given figure, DE || OQ and DF || OR.
C B Show that EF || QR.
AP 3.5 1 P
Sol. Here, = =
PB 7 2
AQ 3 1 AP AQ D
and = =  =
QC 6 2 PB QC E F

PB QC
or =
AP AQ O
AP  PB AQ  QC
 = Q R
AP AQ
Sol. In PQO, DE || OQ [given]
68 TRIANGLES

 By Basic Proportionality Theorem, we have D

PE PD
= ...(i)

5m
EQ DO
11 m E B
Also, in PRO, DF || OR [given] 12 m

 By Basic Proportionality Theorem, we have

6m

6m
PF PD
= ...(ii) C
FR DO 12 m A
PE PF
From (i) and (ii), we have = Now, in rt. DEB, DEB = 90°
EQ FR
 By converse of Basic Proportionality Theorem,  By Pythagoras Theorem, we have
we have BD2 = DE2 + EB2
EF || QR BD2 = 52 + 122 = 25 + 144=169
6. E is a point on the side AD produced of a BD = 169 =13
parallelogram ABCD and BE intersects CD at F.
Hence, the distance between the tops of two poles
Show that ABE ~ CFB.
is 13 m.
E 8. An aeroplane leaves an airport and flies due
north at a speed of 1000 km/h. At the same
time, another aeroplane leaves the same airport
and flies due west at a speed of 1200 km/h.
How far apart will be the two planes after
F C
D
1
4 2 1 hours?
2
Sol. Let plane 1 travels OP, due north at a speed of
1 3
A
1
B 1000 km/h for 1 h.
2
Sol. In ||gm ABCD 3
 OP = 1000 × = 1500 km
1 = 2 [opposite s] 2
3 = 4 [alternate s] [ Distance = Speed × Time]
Now, in ABE and CFB P (Plane 1)

1 = 2
3 = 4
 ABE~ CFB [by AA similarity criterion] North
7. Two poles of heights 6 m and 11 m stand on a
plane ground. If the distance between the feet
of the poles is 12 m, find the distance between
their tops.
(Plane 2) Q
O
Sol. Let AB and CD be the two poles, such that West
AB = 6 m, CD =11 m, CA = 12 m.
Now, DE = DC – CE And plane 2 travels OQ, due west at a speed of
= DC – AB = 11 – 6 = 5 m 1
1200 km/h for 1 h.
EB = CA = 12 m 2
TRIANGLES 69
= 2250000 + 3240000
3
 OQ = 1200 × = 1800 km = 5490000
2
Since QOP is a right triangle, right-angled at O. PQ = 5490000 = 300 61
 By Pythagoras Theorem, we have
Hence, the two planes are 300 61 km apart after
PQ2 = OP2 + OQ2
1
=(1500)2 + (1800)2 1 hours.
2
Short Answer Type-II Questions
9. In DEF, L is a point on side DE such Also, UV || PR,
that LM || DF and LN || EF. If MN meets
QU QV
ED in O when produced, then prove that  = ...(ii)
UP VR
OL 2 = OD × OE.
Sol. In OEM, LN || EM QU = PS [given] ...(iii)
 UP = US + PS
By Basic Proportionality Theorem, we have
 UP = US + QU [  PS = QU]
OL ON
 = ...(i) UP = QS ...(iv)
OE OM
In OLM, DN || LM, From (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv), we have
PT QV
OD ON =
 = ...(ii) TR VR
OL OM
From (i) and (ii), we have P

OL OD
=
OE OL
S T
 OL × OL = OD × OE
 OL2 = OD × OE U
F

Q R
V
M  By converse of Basic Proportionality
N Theorem, we have
TV || PQ
11. ABCD is a trapezium in which AB || DC and
E O its diagonals intersect each other at the point
L D
10. S and U are two points on the side PQ of AO CO
O. Show that  .
 PQR, such that QU = PS. If ST || QR and BO DO
UV || PR, then prove that TV || PQ. Sol. Through O, draw EOF || AB ||DC.
Sol. In PQR, ST || QR In ABD, EO || AB
 By using Basic Proportionality Theorem, we  By using Basic Proportionality Theorem, we
have have
AE BO
PS PT = ...(i)
= ...(i) ED OD
SQ TR
70 TRIANGLES

Also, in ACD, EO || DC 13. In fig., ACB = 90° and CD  AB, prove


AE
=
AO
...(ii) that CD2 = BD × AD.
ED CO C
D C

E F
O

A D B

A B Sol. In rt. ed ADC,

From (i) and (ii), we have A + 1 = 90° ...(i)
AO BO In rt. ed BDC,
=
CO OD B + 2 = 90° ...(ii)
AO CO In rt. ed ACB,
or = 1 + 2 = 90° ...(iii)
BO OD
12. In a ABC, D is the mid-point of BC and E is C

the mid-point of AD. If BE produced meets AC

1 1 2
in F, then prove that AF = AC.
3
Sol. Through D, draw DG || BF intersecting AC in G.
In CBF, D is the mid-point of BC and DG || BF A D B
A From (i), (iii) and from (ii), (iii), we obtain
A = 2 and B = 1
F Now, in ADC and BDC
E A = 2
G
1 = B
D = D = 90°
B C
D  ADC ~ BDC
 G is the mid-point of CF [by AAA similarity rule]
i.e., CG = GF ...(i) CD BD
Again, in ADG, E is the mid-point of AD and EF  =
AD CD
is parallel to DG
 CD2 = BD × AD.
 F is the mid-point of AG
14. In fig., DE || BC and AD: DB = 5: 4, find
i.e., GF = FA ...(ii)
area of DFE
From (i) and (ii), we have .
area of CFB A
CG = GF = FA
 AC = CG + GF + FA
 AC = FA + FA + FA
 AC = 3FA D E

1
 AC = FA F
3
1
or AF = AC
3 B C
TRIANGLES 71
Sol. In ABC, DE || BC QR QT
16. In the given figure, and 1 = 2.
BD CE QS PR
=
AD AE Show that PQS ~ TQR.
AD + BD AE + CE T
 =
AD AE P
AB AC 9  AD 5 
 = =  BD  4 
AD AE 5
Now, in ADE and ABC
A = A [common] 1 2
Q R
S
ADE = ABC[corresponding angles]
Sol. In PQR,1 = 2 [given]
AED = ACB[corresponding angles]  PR = PQ
ADE  ABC [sides opposite to equal angles of a ]
[by AAA similarity axiom] QR QT
Also, = [given]
DE AD AE 5 QS PR
 = = =
BC AB AC 9 QR QT
Now, in DFE and CFB  = [ PR = PQ, proved above]
QS PQ
DFE = CFB [verti. opp. s] QS PQ
or =
DEF = CBF [alt. int. s] QR QT
 DFE  CFB[by AA similarity axiom] Now, in PQS and TQR
2 QS PQ
ar (DFE) DE 2 5 25 =
 = 2
=    QR QT
ar (CFB) BC 9 81
1 = 1 [common]
15. In ABC, AD  BC such that AD2 = BD.CD.
PQS ~ TQR
Prove that ABC is right-angled at A. [by SAS similarity criterion]
Sol. In rt. ADB 17. In the given figure, ABC and DBC are two
AB2 = AD2 + BD2 ... (i) triangles on the same base BC. If AD intersects
In rt. ADC ar ( ABC ) AO
BC at O, show that  .
AC2 = AD2 + CD2 ... (ii) ar ( DBC ) DO
A
A C
M

O
P
B C
D
B D
Adding (i) and (ii), we have
AB2 + AC2 = AD2 + BD2 + AD2 + CD2 Sol. Draw AP  BC and DM  BC
= 2AD2 + BD2 + CD2 In AOP and DOM, we have
= 2BD . CD + BD2 + CD2 P = M = 90º
[ AD2 = BD . CD (given)] AOP = DOM
= (BD + CD)2 [vertically opposite s]
AB + AC = BC2
2 2
 AOP ~ DOM
 A = 90° [by AA similarity criterion]
Hence, ABC is right-angled at A.
72 TRIANGLES

AP AO Given: s ABC and DEF, such that ABC ~ DEF and

 = ...(i) AP, DQ are their medians.
DM DO
1
× BC× AP Area (ABC) AP 2
ar ( ABC) AP To Prove: =
Now, = 2 = Area (DEF) DQ2
ar ( DBC) 1 DM
× BC × DM
2 Proof: Since the ratio of the areas of two similar triangles
ar ( ABC) AO is equal to the ratio of the squares of any two
= . [using (i)] corresponding sides. Therefore,
ar ( DBC) DO
18. Prove that the area of an equilateral triangle Area (ABC) AB 2
described on one side of a square is equal to half = ...(i)
Area (DEF) DE 2
the area of the equilateral triangle described on
one of its diagonals. Now, ABC ~ DEF [given]
Sol. ABCD be a square of side x units. AB BC 2BP BP
 = = = ...(ii)
DE EF 2EQ EQ
 Diagonal= x 2  x 2  2 x units
[ BC= 2BP and EF = 2EQ]
Now,DCF and AEC are equilateral triangles
Thus, in s APB and DQE, we have
described on the side DC and diagonal AC of the
square ABCD. AB BP
=
A x D
DE EQ
x and B = E
[ ABC ~DEF,  B=E]
x F
 APB ~ DQE
x [by SAS similarity criterion]
B C AB BP AP
 = = ...(iii)
DE EQ DQ
E Now, from (i) and (iii), we have
 DCF ~ AEC Area (ABC) AP 2
[by AAA similarity criterion] =
Area (DEF) DQ2
Area (DCF) DC2 x2 x2 1 20. In the given figure, D and E trisect BC. Prove
 = = = 
2 2 2 2
Area (AEC) AC ( 2 x) 2x that 8AE2=3AC2 + 5AD2.
A
1
 Area (DCF) = Area(AEC).
2
19. Prove that the ratio of the areas of two similar
triangles is equal to the square of the ratio of
their corresponding medians.
B D E C
Sol.
D Sol. Here, D and E trisect BC
1
A  BD = DE = EC = BC
3
or BE = 2BD, BC = 3BD
In right ABD, we have
AD2 = AB2 + BD2 ...(i)
B P C E Q F
TRIANGLES 73
In right ABE, we have
1 1
AE2 = AB2 + BE2 = AB2 + 4BD2 AC2 + BD2 = AB2
4 4
...(ii)
AC2 + BD2 = 4AB2
In right ABC, we have
AC2+ BD2 = AB2 + AB2 + AB2 + AB2
AC2= AB2 + BC2 = AB2 + 9BD2 ...(iii)
2 2
AC2 + BD2 = AB2 + BC2 + CD2 +CA2
Now, R.H.S. = 3AC + 5AD
[ ABCD is a rhombus]
= 3(AB2 + 9BD2)+5(AB2 +BD2)
22. If P and Q are the points on side CA and CB
[using (i), (ii) and (iii)] respectively of ABC, right-angled at C, prove
= 3AB + 27BD + 5AB2 + 5BD2
2 2
that (AQ2 + BP2) = (AB2 + PQ2)
= 8AB2 + 32BD2
Sol. A
= 8(AB2 + 4BD2)
= 8AE2 = L.H.S.
21. Prove that the sum of the squares of the sides
P
of a rhombus is equal to the sum of the squares
of its diagonals.
Sol. Let ABCD be a rhombus with AB = BC C Q B
= CD = DA and diagonals AC, BD intersect
each other in O. In rt. ed PCQ,
The diagonals of a rhombus are perpendicular
PQ2 = PC2 + CQ2 ...(i)
bisector of each other.
D In rt. ed ACQ,
AQ2 = CA2 + CQ2 ...(ii)
In rt. ed PCB,
O
A C
BP2 = CB2 + PC2 ...(iii)
Adding (ii) and (iii), we have
AQ2 + BP2 = CA2 + CQ2 + CB 2 + PC2
B
1 1 = (CA2 + CB2) + (PC2 + CQ2)
 AO = AC, BO = BD
2 2 = AB 2 + PQ2
and AOB = 90° [ in rt. ed ACB, AB2 = CA2 + CQ2
Now, by Pythagoras Theorem, we have and using (i)]
AO2 + BO2 = AB2 Hence, (AQ2 + BP2) = (AB2 + PQ2).
2 2
1  +  1 BD  = AB2
 AC  
2


2 
Long Answer Type Questions

23. Sides AB and BC and median AD of a triangle Sol. Given: AD and PM are the medians of ABC
ABC are respectively proportional to the sides and PQR respectively, such that
PQ and QR and median PM of PQR. Show AB AC AD
that ABC ~ PQR. = =
PQ PR PM
74 TRIANGLES

To Prove: ABC ~ PQR Now, in ABC and PQR

Const.: Produce AD to E, such that AD = DE. AB AC
Produce PM to N, such that PM = MN. Join = [given]
PQ PR
BE and QN.
P A = P [proved]
 ABC ~ PQR
A
3 [by SAS similarity criterion]
4
1 2
24. If a line is drawn parallel to one side of a
triangle intersecting the other two sides, then it
divides the two sides in the same ratio.
D M Or
B C Q R
If a line is drawn parallel to one side of a
triangle, to intersect the other two sides in
distinct points, the other two sides are divided
E in the same ratio.
N Sol. Given: ABC and a line ‘l’ parallel to BC
Proof: In ADC and EDB intersects AB at D and AC at E as shown in
CD = BD [given] figure. A
AD = EB [by construction]
ADC = EDB M
L
[vertically opposite s]
D E
 ADC EDB l
[by SAS congruence rule]
 BE = AC [c.p.c.t.]
Similarly,PMR NMQ B C
 QN = PR [given] AD AE
To Prove: = .
AB AC AD DB EC
Now, = = [given] Const.: Join BE and CD.
PQ PR PM
BE 2AD Draw EL  AB and DM  AC.
AB
 = =
PQ QN 2PM 1
Proof: Area of ADE = × AD × EL ...(i)
2
AB BE AE
 = = 1
PQ QN PN {_ Area of a  = × base × corresponding altitude}
[_ 2AD=AE and 2PM=PN by const.] 2
 ABE ~ PQN 1
Area of BDE = × DB × EL ...(ii)
[by SSS similarity criterion] 2
 1 = 3 ...(i) Dividing (i) and (ii), we have
[corresponding s of similar triangles] 1 ×AD ×EL
Similarly, 2 = 4 ...(ii) Area of  ADE 2
=
Adding (i) and (ii), we have Area of  BDE 1 ×DB ×EL
1 + 2 = 3 + 4 2
 A = P AD
= ...(iii)
DB
TRIANGLES 75

1 ×AE ×DM  BC2 = CD × AC ... (ii)

Area of ADE 2 Adding (i) and (ii), we have
Similarly, =
Area of CDE 1 ×EC ×DM AB2 + BC2 = AD × AC + CD × AC
2
AB2 + BC2 = (AD + CD) × AC
AE = AC × AC
= ...(iv)
EC = AC2
Since BDE and CDE are triangles on the Hence, AB2 + BC2 = AC2
same base DE and between the same parallels
In rt. ed CBA, B = 90°
DE and BC.
 BC2 = AC2 – AB2
 Area of BDE = Area of CDE ...(v)
= 152 – 122
AD AE = 225 – 144 = 81
From (iii), (iv) and (v), we have = A
DB EC BC = 9 m
25. Prove that in a right triangle, the square on E
the hypotenuse is equal to sum of squares of

m
15 12 m
other two sides.

15
9m m
Using the above result, solve the following: A
ladder reaches a window which is 12 m above D B
C
the ground on side of the street, keeping its
In rt. ed CDE, D = 90°
foot at the same point, the ladder is turned to
the other side of the street to reach a window  CD2 = EC2 – ED2
9 m high. Find the width of the street, if the = 152 – 92
ladder is 15 m long. = 225 – 81 = 144
Sol. Given: ABC is right-angled at B. CD = 12 m
To Prove: AC2 = AB2 + BC2. Now, BD = BC + CD
Const.: Draw BD AC. = 9 + 12 = 21 m
Proof: ADB ~ ABC Hence, the width of the street is 21 m.
B
26. In a triangle, if square of one side is equal to
sum of squares of other two sides, then prove
that the angle opposite to the first side is right
angle.
Using the above theorem, solve the following:
In an isosceles triangle PQR, PQ = QR and
A C
D PR2 = 2PQ2, then find Q.
Sol. Given: ABC such that AB2 + BC2 = AC2
[ ADB = ABC = 90°
A P
and A = A (common)]
AD AB
 = [sides of similar s
AB AC
are proportional]
 AB2 = AD × AC ...(i)
Similarly, CDB ~ CBA B C Q R
[_C = C, CDB = CBA = 90°] To Prove: B = 90°
CD BC Const.: Construct a right triangle PQR,
 =
BC AC right-angled at Q, such that
[sides of similar s are proportional] PQ = AB
76 TRIANGLES

and QR = BC. AB BC CA
Proof: From right PQR, we have  = = ...(i)
PQ QR RP
PR2 = PQ2 + QR2
Also, B = Q
[using Pythagoras Theorem]
[ corresponding angles of similar triangles are equal]
 PR = AB2 + BC2
2 ...(i)
and ADB = PMQ [each = 90º]
[ PQ = AB and QR = BC]
 ADB ~ PMQ
Also, we have
AD AB
AC2 = AB2 + BC2 ... (ii)  = ...(ii)
PM PQ
[given]
From (i) and (ii), we have
From (i) and (ii), we have
PR2 = AC2 AD AB BC CA
= = =
 PR = AC PM PQ QR RP
 ABC  PQR 1 ×BC ×AD ...(iii)
[SSS congruency criterion] Area of ABC 2
Now, =
 B = Q = 90° [c.p.c.t.] Area of PQR 1 ×QR ×PM
2
 B = 90° Q Area of ABC BC AD
Given that: = ×
Area of PQR QR PM
PR2 = 2PQ2
BC BC BC2
 PR2 = PQ2 + PQ2 = × =
QR QR QR 2
 PR2 = PQ2 + QR2 {from (iii)} ...(iv)
[PQ = QR (given)] R P Also, from (i), we have
 By using converse of Pythagoras Theorem, AB2 BC2 CA 2
we have = =
PQ2 QR 2 RP 2
PQR is rt. ed triangle, right-angled at Q. ...(v)
Hence, Q = 90° Therefore, from (iv) and (v), we have
27. Prove that the ratio of the areas of two similar Area of ABC AB2 BC2 CA 2
= = =
triangles is equal to the ratio of the squares of Area of PQR PQ 2 QR 2 RP 2
their corresponding sides.
28. In given figure, the line segment PQ is parallel
Sol. Given:ABC ~ PQR to AC of triangle ABC and it divides the triangle
P
AP
into two parts of equal area. Find the ratio .
A AB
A
P

B
B Q R
D C M
Q
Area of ABC AB2 BC2 CA 2 C
To Prove: = = =
Area of PQR PQ 2 QR 2 RP 2
Const.: Draw AD  BC and PM  QR. Sol. In ABC, PQ || AC
Proof: ABC ~ PQR A = P and C = Q
In BPQ and BAC [ corr. angles]
TRIANGLES 77
B = B [common] PA PC AC
 BPQ  BAC  = =
QB QC BC
[by AAA similarity rule]
z AC y BC
2
 =  = ... (i)
ar ( BPQ) (BP) y BC z AC
= ... (i)
ar ( BAC) (AB)2 Similarly, RAC  QAB
ar (BPQ) = ar (PQCA) RC RA AC
= =
2 (BPQ) = ar (BPQ) + ar (PQCA) QB QA AB
= ar (BAC) AC x
 =
AB y
area (BPQ) 1
= ...(ii) y AB
area (BAC) 2 or = ... (ii)
B x AC
Adding (i) and (ii), we have
y y BC AB
+ = +
P
z x AC AC
Q
1 1  BC + AB
 y   =
C
z x AC
A
1 1  AC
From (i) and (ii), we have  y   = =1
z x AC
1 BP 2 [ BC + AB = AC]
=
2 AB2 1 1 1 1 1 1
BP 1   = or  =
 = z x y x z y
AB 2 30. The perpendicular from A on side BC of
BP 1 a  ABC intersects BC at D, such that
1– =1 
AB 2 DB = 3CD. Prove that 2AB2 = 2AC2 + BC2.
AB  BP 2 1 Sol. Given: In ABC, AD  BC, such that DB=3CD
=
AB 2 To Prove: 2AB2 = 2AC2 + BC2
AP 2 1 2  2 Proof: Since DB = 3CD
= 
AB 2 2 A
29. In the given figure, PA, QB and RC are
1 1 1
perpendicular to AC. Prove that + =
x z y.
P
R

z Q C B
D
x
y 3 1
 DB = BC ; and CD = BC
A C 4 4
B
Sol. In PAC and QBC In rt. ADB,
AB2 = AD2 + DB2 ...(i)
PAC = QBC = 90°
In rt. ADC,
PCA = QCB ... [common] AC2 = AD2 + CD2 ...(ii)
 PAC  QBC Subtracting (ii) from (i), we have
[by AA similarity axiom] AB2 – AC2 = DB2 – CD2
78 TRIANGLES

2 2
3  1  AD2 = AB2 – BL2 + DL2
=  BC    BC 
4  4  [ in rt. ALB, AB2= AL2 + BL2]
9 1 8 2 2
= BC 2  BC 2 = BC2 1  1 
16 16 16 AD2 = x2 –  x    x 
2  6 
1 x2 x2
AB2 – AC2 = BC2 AD2 = x2 – 
2 4 36
2AB2 – 2AC2 = BC2
36 x 2  9 x 2  x 2 28 2 7
2AB2 = 2AC2 + BC2 AD2 = = x = x2
36 36 9
31. In an equilateral triangle ABC, D is a point on
7
1 = AB2
side BC, such that BD = BC. 9
3 [ x = AB]
2
Prove that 9AD = 7AB . 2
9AD2 = 7AB2
Sol. Given: ABC is an equilateral triangle and D is
32. ABC is a right triangle, right-angled at A.
1 A circle is inscribed in it. The lengths of the
a point on BC, such that BD = BC.
3 two sides containing the right angle are 6 cm
To Prove: 9AD2 = 7AB2 and 8 cm. Find the radius of the incircle.
Const.: Draw AL  BC, meeting BC at L. Sol. Given: ABC is a right triangle, right-angled at A.
Proof: ABC is an equilateral triangle AB = 6 cm, AC = 8 cm
A
To find: r radius of the incircle.
Proof: In right BAC, A = 90°
By Pythagoras Theorem, we have
BC2 = AB2 + AC2
= (6)2 + (8)2 C
B D L C
= 36 + 64 = 100
BC = 10
 AB = BC = CA = x (say)
1 1
Also, BD = BC = x
3 3

8 cm
r
2 2
 CD = BC = x
3 3
r O
AL  BC
r
1 1 B A
 BL = CL = BC = x 6 cm
2 2 Now, semi-perimeter s
[in an equilateral triangle, the perpendicular from a  b  c 6  8  10
= 
the vertex bisects the opp. side] 2 2
= 12 cm
1 1 1 1
Now, DL = BL – BD = x– x= x  Area of ABC = × base × altitude
2 3 6 2
Now, in ALD, L = 90º 1
= × BA × AC
By Pythagoras Theorem, we have 2
1
AD2 = AL2 + DL2 = × 6 × 8 = 24 sq. cm
2
TRIANGLES 79
Also, ar (OAB) + ar (OBC) + ar (OCA) Now, in rt. ABC,
= ar ( ABC) c2 = a2 + b2
1 1 1 [by Pythagoras Theorem]
× AB × r + × BC × r + × CA × r Putting the value of c, we have
2 2 2
2
1  ab  2 2
= ×6×8  p  =a +b
2  
1 [from (iii)]
× (AB + BC + CA) × r = 24
2 a2b2
 = a2 + b2
s × r = 24 p2
24 1 a2 b2
 Radius of incircle r= = 2 cm  = 
12 p2 a2b2 a2b2
33. ABC is a right triangle, right-angled at C. If 1 1 1
 2
= 2 
p is the length of the perpendicular from C to p a b2
AB and a, b, c have the usual meaning, then 34. Prove that three times the sum of the squares
1 1 1 of the sides of a triangle is equal to four times
prove that   . the sum of the squares of the medians of the
2 2
p a b2 triangle.
Sol. Given: ABC is a right angle triangle, right-
Sol. Given : A ABC, in which AD, BE and CF
angled at C, p is the length from C to AB.
are three medians.
1 1 1
To Prove: 2 = 2  2 To Prove: 3(AB2 + BC2 + CA2)
p a b = 4(AD2 + BE2 + CF2)
Proof:
1 Proof : Since in any triangle, the sum of the
Area of ABC= × BC × AC
2 squares of any two sides is equal to
1 twice the square of half of the third
= ab side together with twice the square
2
(taking BC as base) ...(i) of the median bisecting it, we have
1 2
Area of ABC= × AB × CD  1
2 AB2 + AC2 = 2  AD2 +  BC 
1  2  
= cp
2 1
(taking AB as base) ...(ii)  AB2 + AC2 = 2AD2 + BC2 ...(i)
From (i) and (ii), we have 2
A
1 1
 a b = cp  a b = cp
2 2
ab F E
 c= A ...(iii)
p

B C
D
Similarly, by taking BE and CF as the medians
cD
90° b respectively, we have
1
p BC2 + AB2 = 2BE2 + AC2 ...(ii)
2
90° 1
B and BC2 + AC2 = 2CF2 + AB2 ...(iii)
a C 2
80 TRIANGLES

Adding (i), (ii) and (iii), we have  4(AB2 + AC2 + BC2)

2AB2 + 2AC2 + 2BC2 – (BC2 + AC2 + AB2)
= 2AD2 + 2BE2 + 2CF2 = 4 (AD2 + BE2 + CF2)
1  3(AB2 + BC2 + AC2)
+ (BC2 + AC2 + AB2)
2 = 4 (AD2 + BE2 + CF2)
 2(AB2 + AC2 + BC2)
4 (AD2 +BE2 +CF2 )+(BC2 + AC2 + AB2 )
=
2

APPLICATION BASED QUESTIONS (Solved)

1. In the given figure, triangle ABC is similar to Also, ABC ~ PQR
triangle PQR. AM and PN are altitudes whereas
AB BC
AX and PY are medians.  =
PQ QR
AM AX
Prove that: =
PN PY AB 2BX BX
A P
 = = ...(iv)
PQ 2QY QY
Thus, in  AXB and PYQ, we have
AB BX
= and B = Q
B C Q R PQ QY
M X N Y
[ ABC ~ PQR]
Sol. Since the ratio of the areas of two similar triangles
So, by SAS similarity, we have
is equal to the ratio of the squares of any two
corresponding sides. AXB  PYQ
BX AX
ar (ABC) AB2  = ...(v)
QY PY
 ar (PQR) = PQ 2 ...(i)
From (iv) and (v), we have
Now, in AMB and PNQ, we have
AB AX
AMB = PNQ [each = 90°] =
PQ PY
and B = Q
[ ABC ~ PQR AB 2 AX 2
 A = P, B = Q, C = R]  = ...(vi)
PQ 2 PY 2
So, by AA criterion of similarity, we have
From (i) and (vi), we have
AMB ~ PNQ
AB ar (ABC) AX 2
AM = ...(vii)
 PQ = PN ar (PQR) PY 2
From (iii) and (vii), we have
AB2 AM2
 = ...(ii) AM2 AX 2
PQ2 PN2 =
PN2 PY 2
From (i) and (ii), we have
AM AX
ar (ABC) AM2 or =
= ...(iii) PN PY
ar (PQR) PN2
TRIANGLES 81
2. In trapezium ABCD, AB || DC and DC = 2AB. BE+EC 34
EF is drawn parallel to AB cuts AD in F and  =
BE 3
BC in E such that BE : EC = 3 : 4. Diagonal
DB intersects EF at G. Prove that BC 7
 =
7EF = 10AB. BE 3
A B
BE 3
G  =
F E BC 7
From eqn. (i), we have

D C
EG BE 3
= =
Sol. In trapezium ABCD, AB  DC and DC = 2AB, CD BC 7
EG 3
also, BE  3 .  = [ CD = 2AB]
EC 4 2AB 7
In trapezium ABCD, EF AB  DC EG 6
 = ...(ii)
AB 7
AF BE 3
 = = In ABD, FG  AB
FD EC 4
DF DG FG 4
Now, in BGE and BDC = = =
AD BD AB 7
BEG = BCD [corresponding s]
 DG EC 4 
B = B [common]  BD  BC  7 
BGE ~ BDC [by AA similarity axiom]
EG BE FG 4
 = ...(i)  = ...(iii)
CD BC AB 7
Adding (ii) and (iii), we obtain
BE 3
Also, = EG FG 6 4
EC 4  = 
AB AB 7 7
EC 4
 = EF 10
BE 3  =
AB 7
EC 4
1+ =1+  7EF = 10AB.
BE 3

ANALYZING, EVALUATING & CREATING TYPE QUESTIONS (Solved)

1. In the given figure, PQRS is a parallelogram Sol. Here, PQRS is a parallelogram, such that
with PQ = 16 cm and QR = 10 cm. L is a PQ = 16 cm, RQ = 10 cm
point on PR such that RL : LP = 2 : 3. QL is
 RS = 16 cm and PS = 10 cm
produced to meet RS at M and PS produced at
N. Find the length of PN and RM. [opp. sides of a gm are equal]
R 10 cm Q
Now, in NLP and QLR, we have
NLP = QLR [verti. opp. s]
M
L 16 cm PNL = RQL [alt. int. s]
By using AA similarity axiom, we have
N S P NLP ~ QLR
82 TRIANGLES

PN LP Since if a perpendicular is drawn from the vertex

 = of the right angle of a right–angled triangle,
QR RL
then triangles on both sides of this perpendicular
[ corresponding sides of similar s are
are similar to the whole triangle and to each
proportional]
other.
PN 3  ACD ~ ABC
 =
10 2
AC AD
RL 2 LP 3  =
[ =  = (given)] AB AC
LP 3 RL 2 2
 AC = AB × AD ...(i)
 PN = 15 cm [corresponding sides of two similar triangles are
Again, in NMS and QMR, we have proportional]
NMS = QMR [vetically opp. s] Similarly, BCD ~ ABC
MNS = MQR [alt. int. s] BC BD
 =
By using AA similarity axiom, we have AB BC
NMS ~ QMR  2
BC = AB × BD ...(ii)
QR RM Dividing (ii) by (i), we obtain
 = BC2 AB  BD
NS MS
2 =
RM AC AB  AD
10
 =
PN  PS RS  RM BC2 BD CB2 BD
 2 = or 2 =
10 RM AC AD CA AD
 = 3. In the given figure, OB is perpendicular bisector
15  10 16  RM
of the line segment DE, FA  OB and FE
10 RM intersects OB in C. D
 =
5 16  RM Prove that: F
RM 1 1 2
+ =
 2= OA OB OC A C
B
16  RM O

 32 – 2RM = RM
32 E
 RM = Sol. In OAF and OBD, we have
3 AOF = BOD [common]
2 OAF = OBD [each = 90°]
= 10 cm
3  By using AA similarity axiom, we have
Hence, the length of PN and RM are OAF ~ OBD
2 OA FA
PN = 15 cm and RM = 10 cm.  = ...(i)
3 OB DB
2. In the given figure, ACB = 90° and CD  AB. Again, in ACF and BCE, we have
Prove that:
C FAC = EBC [each = 90°]
CB 2 BD
= ACF = BCE [vertically opp. s]
CA 2 AD
By using AA similarity axiom
ACF ~ BCE
A D B FA AC
 = ...(ii)
Sol. Here, in ABC, ACB = 90° and CD  AB. EB BC
TRIANGLES 83
But EB = DB ...(iii)  DM.DM = MC.BM
[ B is mid-point of DE]  DM2 = MC.DN [ BM = DN]
From (i), (ii) and (iii), we obtain Similarly, BND ~ DNA
AC OA DN BN
=  =
BC OB AN DN
OC  OA OA  DN.DN = AN.BN
i.e., =
OB  OC OB  DN2 = AN.DM [ BN = DM]
 OC.OB – OA.OB = OB.OA – OC.OA 5. Prove that sum of the squares of the diagonals
 OC.OB + OC.OA = 2OB.OA of a parallelogram is equal to sum of the
 OC(OB + OA) = 2OB.OA squares of its sides.
Dividing both sides by OA.OB.OC, we obtain Sol. Let ABCD be a parallelogram with A as acute
OC.OB OC.OA 2OB.OA and B as obtuse.
 =
OA.OB.OC OA.OB.OC OA.OB.OC In ABC, B > 90°
1 1 2  AC2 = AB2 + BC2 + 2BC.BN ...(i)
 =
OA OB OC D C
4. ABC is a right triangle right-angled at B and D
is the foot of perpendicular drawn from B on
AC. If DM  BC and DN  AB, prove that:
(i) DM2 = DN × MC A A M B N
(ii) DN2 = DM × AN
In ABD, A < 90°
Sol. In ABC, B = 90° D
N  BD2 = AB2 + AD2 – 2AD.AM ...(ii)
AB  BC 2 1
But BC = AD [opp. sides of a gm]
Also, DM  BC 3 4
B C Now, in AMD and BNC, we have
 AB  DM M
AD = BC
Similarly,
AMD = BNC [each = 90°]
BC  AB and DN  AB
DAM = CBN [corr. s]
 BC  ND
By using AAS congruence axiom
Now, in quadrilateral BMDN
AMD  BNC
AB  DM, BC  ND and ABC = 90°
 AM = BN [c.p.c.t.]
 BMDN is a rectangle.
 BM  ND  2BC.BN = 2AD.AM ...(iii)
In DMB, [ BC = AD and AM = BN]
2 + 3 = 90° ...(i) From (i), (ii) and (iii), we have
[ BMD = 90°] AC2 = AB2 + BC2 + 2BC.DN
Similarly, 1 + 4 = 90° ...(ii) BD2 = AB2 + AD2 – 2BC.DN
Since BD  AC, 1 + 2 = 90° ...(iii) Adding these two results, we obtain
From (i), (ii) and (iii), we obtain AC2 + BD2 = AB2 + BC2 + AB2 + AD2
1 = 3 and 2 = 4
= AB2 + BC2 + CD2 + AD2
 BMD ~ DMC
[ AB = CD]
[by AA similarity axiom]
DM BM Hence, sum of the squares of the diagonals of a
 = parallelogram is equal to sum of the squares of
MC DM
its sides.
84 TRIANGLES

6. If A is the area of right triangle and a is one of  By AA similarity axiom,

the sides containing right angle. Prove that the PNQ ~ PQR
length of the altitude on the hypotenuse is
PQ NQ
2Aa  = QR ...(ii)
. PR
4 2
a + 4A In right-angled PQR, Q = 90°
Sol. Let PQR be a right-angled triangle, right-angled  PR2 = PQ2 + QR2
at Q, such that QR = a and ar(PQR) = A.
4A2
P = + a2
a2
N 4A2  a 4
=
a2
R
a
Q
4A2  a 4 4A2  a 4
PR = 
Draw QN  PR a2 a
1 ...(iii)
Now, ar(PQR) = (QR  PQ)
2 From (i), (ii) and (iii), we obtain
1 2A
A = ( a  PQ)
2 a NQ
=
2A 2
4A  a 4 a
PQ = ...(i)
a a
In PNQ and PQR, we have 2A NQ
=
a
PNQ = PQR [each = 90°] 4A2  a 4 2Aa
QPN = QPR [common]  NQ =
4A2  a 4

NOTES
TRIANGLES 85

ASSIGNMENT-I
Q.1. Which of the following is not a criterion for similarity?
(a) SAS (b) SSS
(c) ASA (d) AA
Q.2. In a ABC, if P and Q are points on sides AB and BC respectively, such that PQ  AC, then:
BC BA AC AP
(a) = (b) =
QC BP QC PB

BQ BP AP CQ
(c) = (d) =
BC AP PB QB
Q.3. Out of the following three triangles, which one is not similar to the rest of the triangles?
A P X

48° 52°
52° Q 38°
Y
C B R Z

(a) ABC (b) PQR

(c) XYZ (d) The three triangles are similar to each other
Q.4. If ABC ~ PQR then, BD : QS = AB : PQ. This condition holds true when BD and QS are their:
(a) Medians (b) Angle bisectors
(c) Altitudes (d) All of these
Q.5. If ABC ~ PQR, CA : RP = 1 : 2 and the perimeter of ABC is 31 cm, then the perimeter of PQR is
equal to:
(a) 31 cm (b) 62 cm
(c) 96 cm (d) 124 cm
Q.6. Study the following figure and determine k, given that are values shown are in cm.
A
k+
3
k

P Q
2k
2
2 k+

+9

B C

(a) 4 cm (b) 6 cm
(c) 8 cm (d) 10 cm

Q.7. In the given diagram, ABCD is a trapezium with AB  DC. If PQ  DC, then:

AP CQ AP CQ A B
(a) = (b) =
AB CD BQ PD P Q

AP BQ AP AB
(c) = (d) =
PD QC PD CD D C
86 TRIANGLES

Q.8. In the given figure, if PQ  BC and QR  CD, then:

A
(a) PR  BD
(b) PR  BC P R
(c) PR  CD
Q
(d) None of these B D

Q.9. In the following figure, AB = 8 cm, BC = 12 cm, PQ = 10 cm, QR = 15 cm, B = Q and AC + PR = 36 cm.
Find AC and PR.
B 12 cm Q
m
15 c

10 cm
8 cm

C R

A P

(a) AC = 14 cm, PR = 22 cm (b) AC = 16 cm, PR = 20 cm

(c) AC = 20 cm, PR = 16 cm (d) AC = 18 cm, PR = 18 cm
Q.10. In the given diagram, if AP = 15 cm, AQ = 24 cm and PB + QC = 26 cm, find QC – PB, given PQ  BC.

P Q

B C

Q.11. In the given figure, PQ  ST, PR = 3 cm, PQ = 4 cm, ST = 6 cm and SR = 9 cm, then find QR : RT.

9 6

P 3
R T
4

Q.12. If P and Q are points on sides AB and AC respectively of DABC such that AP = 6 cm, BP = 8 cm, AQ = 9 cm
and CQ = 12 cm, then find BC.

A
6 9
P
Q
8
12
B
C
TRIANGLES 87
Q.13. If ABC ~ PQR, the perimeters of ABC and PQR are respectively equal to 36 cm and 48 cm and the
area of
ABC is 45 cm2, then find the area of PQR.
Q.14. In the given figure, ABCD is a parallelogram and F is the mid-point of CD. Then find ratio EG : BG.

F
D C

A B

Q.15. The sum and the difference of the areas of a pair of similar triangles are respectively equal to 120 cm2 and
72 cm2, while the sum of their perimeters is 72 cm, then find the difference in their perimeters.

NOTES
88 TRIANGLES

ASSIGNMENT-II
Q.1. Sides of two similar triangles are in the ratio 4 : 9. Areas of these triangles are in the ratio:
(a) 2 : 3 (b) 4 : 9
(c) 81 : 16 (d) 16 : 81
Q.2. In ABC ~ DEF such that 2AB = DE and BC = 8 cm, then EF is equal to:
(a) 16 cm (b) 12 cm
(c) 8 cm (d) 4 cm
Q.3. In ABC, if AB = 6 3 , AC = 12 cm and BC = 6 cm, then
(a) B = 90° (b) A = 90°
(c) B = 120° (d) B = 60°
Q.4. For the following diagram, choose the correct options :
(a) AC2 = AB2 – BC2 + 2BC.CD A
(b) AB2 = AC2 – BC2 + 2BC.CD
(c) AC2 = AB2 + BC2 + 2BC.CD
(d) AB2 = AC2 + BC2 + 2BC.CD
D B C
Q.5. In figure, if STQR. Find PS. R Q

5 9 2 cm 3 cm
(a) (b)
2 2 T S
3 cm
3 7
(c) (d)
2 2 P
Q.6. A right triangle has hypotenuse of length ‘a’ cm and one side of length ‘b’ cm. If a – b = 1, then, the
length of third side of the triangle is:
(a) 2 b  1 cm (b) 2 b  1 cm

(c) 2 a  1 cm (d) a  1 cm
Q.7. ABC is an isosceles right triangle, right-angled at C, then:
(a) AC2 = 2BC2 (b) AB2 = 2AC2
2 2
(c) AC + AB = BC 2 (d) BC2 + AB2 = AC2

Q.8. In the given figure, ABCD is a trapezium in which AB  DC and AB = 2DC.

D C
Determine the ratio of the areas of AOD and COD is:
(a) 1 : 4 (b) 1 : 2
(c) 4 : 1 (d) 2 : 1 O

PS PT A B
Q.9. In figure, = and PST = PRQ. Then:
SQ TR
P
(a) PQ = QR
(b) QR = PR
(c) PQ = PR
S T
(d) None of these

Q R
TRIANGLES 89
Q.10. PQR is a right triangle right-angled at Q. Let S and T be any points on PQ and QR respectively. If
PT = 6 cm, CD = 8 cm and ST = 4 cm, then find PR.
Q.11. In the given figure, ABC is a right triangle where D is the mid-point of A
BC. If AB2 = kAD2 + lAC2, then, find k + l.

C D B

Q.12. ABC is a right triangle right angle at C. If BC = 9 cm, AC = 12 cm and the length of perpendiculars from C
to AB is p cm, then find P.
Q.13. In the figure, if ADE = B, show that ADE ~ ABC. If AD = 3.8 cm, AE = 3.6 cm, BE = 2.1 cm and
BC = 4.2 cm, then find DE.
A

E
D

B C

Q.14. In a right triangle ABC, right-angled at C, P and Q are points on CA and AB respectively, which divide
these sides in the ratio 2 : 1. If K(AQ2 + BP2) = 13AB2, then find K.
A

C Q B

Q.15. State and prove Pythagorean Theorem.

NOTES
90 TRIANGLES

Unit Test–3
Time - 1 hour M.Marks : 40

SECTION-A 7. Two poles of height a metres and b metres are

Question Numbers 1 to 3 are multiple choice p metres apart. Prove that the height of the point
questions (MCQs) of 1 mark each. of intersection of the lines joining the top of each
pole to the foot of the opposite pole is given by
1. In the given figure, ABC ~PQR, then y + z is: ab
metres.
ab
Q B
SECTION-B
6 8 Question Numbers 11 to 15 carry 2 marks each
3 z

30° 30° 11. In the given figure, AB || DC. Find the value
P
y
R A C of x.
4 3
4. In the given figure, find the value of x.
(A) 2+ 3 (B) 4+3 3 A

(C) 4+ 3 (D) 3+4 3

2. The length of the diagonals of a rhombus are x
16 cm and 12 cm. Then, the length of the side of
the rhombus is : B C
D 4 cm
(A) 9 cm (b) 10 cm (C) 8 cm (D) 20 cm 16 cm

3. If S is a point on side PQ of a PQR, such that PS 6. In the given figure, if DE  BC, then find the
= QS = RS, then : value of x. A

(A) PR .QR = RS2 (B) QS2 + RS2 = QR2 x x–2

(C) PR2 + QR2 = PQ2 (D) PS2 + RS2 = PR2
D E
Question Numbers 4 to 5, fill in the x–2 x–1
blanks of 1 mark each.
B C
4. ABC and DEF are two similar triangles 9. In ABC, if AB = 6 3 cm, AC = 12 cm and
such that BC = 4 cm, EF = 5 cm and area of BC = 6 cm, then find the measure of B.
ABC = 64 cm2, then area of DEF = ...... cm2.
SECTION-B
12. The length of the diagonal of a square of side
Question Numbers 11 to 15 carry 2 marks each
5 cm is ...................cm.
11. In the given figure, AB || DC. Find the value
Question Numbers 6 to 10 are very short answer of x. D C
type questions of 1 mark each. 3 5
–
x

ar ( ABC) 9 O
6. If ABC ~ QRP, = , AB = 18 cm 19 x
–
ar ( PQR) – 3
4 3x
and BC = 15 cm, then find the value of PR.
A B
TRIANGLES 91
12. In DEF, L is a point on side DE such that LM  DF 7. In given figure, line segment DF intersect the
and LN  EF. If MN meets ED in O when side AC of a triangle ABC at the point E such
produced, then prove that OL2 = OD × OE. that E is the mid-point of CA and AEF= AFE.
13. In the given figure, ABC and DBC are two BD BF
triangles on the same base BC. If AD intersects Prove that = .
CD CE
ar ( ABC) AO
BC at O, show that  . B
ar ( DBC) DO
A F
C
M
C A
E
O
P

B D
D
4. In the given figure, if  1 =  2 and NSQ  22. If P and Q are the points on side CA and CB
MTR, then prove that PTS ~ PRQ. respectively of ABC, right-angled at C, prove
P that
(AQ2 + BP2) = (AB2 + PQ2)

1 2 SECTION-D
S T Question Numbers 20 to 21 carry 4 marks each.
O
20. In the given figure, triangle ABC is similar to
triangle PQR. AM and PN are altitudes whereas
M Q R N
AX and PY are medians.
AM AX
6. In a PQR, N is a point on PR such thatQN  Prove that : =
PN PY
PR. If PN.NR = QN2, prove thatPQR = 90°.
A P
SECTION-C
Question Numbers 16 to 19 carry 3 marks each.

16. Prove that the ratio of the areas of two similar triangles
is equal to the ratio of the squares of their B C Q R
M X N Y
corresponding sides. A
17. In given figure, the line P 21. In an equilateral triangle ABC, D is a point on side
segment PQ is parallel to
AC of triangle ABC and B 1
BC, such that BD = BC.
it divides the triangle into 3
two parts of equal area. Prove that 9AD2 = 7AB2.
Q
AP
Find the ratio . C
AB

ANSWERS

1. (B) 2. (B) 3. (C) 4. 100 5. 5 2 6. 10 cm

2 2
9. 40° 11. 8 17.
2
92 INTRODUCTION TO TRIGONOMETRY

UNIT IV: TRIGONOMETRY

CHAPTER 6

INTRODUCTION TO TRIGONOMETRY
Syllabus Reference  If one of the trigonometric ratios of an acute angle
is known, the remaining trigonometric ratios of the
IMPORTANT DEFINITIONS AND FORMULAE angle can be determined.
 An angle is positive if its rotation is in the  Two angles are said to be complementary, if their
anticlockwise and negative if its rotation is in the sum is 90° and each one of them is called the
clockwise direction. complement of the other.
 In a right triangle ABC, right-angled at B,  sin (90° – ) = cos , cos (90° – ) = sin 
Side opp. to angle  tan (90° – ) = cot ,cot (90° – ) = tan 
sin   = ,
Hypotenuse
sec (90° – ) = cosec , cosec (90° – ) = sec 
Side adjacent to angle 
cos  = ,  An equation with trigonometric ratios of an angle
Hypotenuse
, which is true for all values of ‘’, for which
Side opp. to angle 
tan  = the given trigonometric ratios are defined, is called
Side adjacent to angle 
C an identity.
1 1
 cosec  = , sec  = ,
 The three fundamental trigonometric identities are:
sin  cos 
1 sin  (a) sin2  + cos2  = 1
cot  = , tan  = ,
tan  cos  (b) sec2  = 1 + tan2 
cos  
cot  = A B (c) cosec2  = 1 + cot2 
sin 
NCERT & BOARD QUESTIONS CORNER
(Remembering & Understanding Based Questions)
Short Answer Type-I Questions
1. If  is an acute angle and sin  = cos , find: 2. If 3 sin u = cos u, find the value of
3 tan2 + 2 sin2 + cos2 – 1 2
3cos u+ 2cos u
Sol. sin  = cos  .
3cos u+ 2
 tan  = 1  = 45°
Sol. Given that 3 sin u = cos u
3 tan2  + 2 sin2 + cos2  – 1
sin u
=3 tan2 45° + 2 sin2 45° + cos2 45° – 1  = 1
cos u 3
2 2  tan u = tan 30°  u = 30°
 1   1 
= 3(1)2  2     1 3cos2 u + 2cos u cos u (3 cos u  2)
 2   2 Now, =
3cos u + 2 3 cos u  2
1 7
= 31 1  = cos u = cos 30°
2 2
3
= 2
INTRODUCTION TO TRIGONOMETRY 93

1  tan 2 A 4. In triangle ABC, right-angled at B, if

3. If 3 cot A = 4, check whether 1
1  tan2 A tan A = , find the value of:
= cos2
A– sin2A
or not. 3
Sol. Consider a ABC, rt. angled at ‘B’. sin A cos C + cos A sin C
C
As, 3 cot A = 4 Sol. Consider a ABC, right-angled at ‘B’.
4 1
 cot A = As, tan A =
3 3 k
AB 4 C BC 1
 =  =
BC 3 AB 3
 BC = 1 (k) = k, A B
3k
3k
AB = 3 k
 By Pythagoras Theorem, we have
(Hypt.)2 = (Base)2 + (Perpendicular)2
A 4k B
 AC2 = AB2 + BC2
 AB = 4k and BC = 3k = ( 3 k )2 + (k)2
 By Pythagoras Theorem, we have = 3k2 + k2 = 4k2
(Hypt.)2 = (Base)2 + (Perpendicular)2
 AC = 4k 2 = 2k
AC2 = AB2 + BC2
 AC = 2k
 AC2 = (4k)2 + (3k)2 BC k 1
= 16k2 + 9k2 = 25k2  sin A =  
AC 2 k 2
 AC = 25 k 2 = 5k AB 3k 3
cos A =  
AC 2k 2
BC 3 k 3 AB 3k 3
 sin A =   sin C =  
AC 5 k 5 AC 2k 2
AB 4 k 4 BC k 1
cos A =   cos C =  
AC 5 k 5 AC 2 k 2
Consider
BC 3 k 3 sin A cos C + cos A sin C
tan A =  
AB 4 k 4 1 1 3 3
=   
9 2 2 2 2
1– 1 3 4
1  tan 2 A 16 =   1
Consider L.H.S. =  4 4 4
1  tan 2 A 9
1 ab
16 5. If tan = , find the value of sin .
ab
16 – 9 7
= 16  9  25 ...(i)
Sol. Consider rt. ABC, right-angled at B.
R.H.S. = cos2 A – sin2 A ab C
tan  =
16 9 16 – 9 7 ab
(a – b) k

=  =  BC ab 2(a 2  b2 )
25 25 25 25  =
...(ii) AB ab
From (i) and (ii), we have  BC = (a – b) k,  B
A
L.H.S. = R.H.S. AB = (a + b) k (a + b) k

1  tan 2 A  By Pythagoras Theorem, we have

Hence, = cos2A – sin2A
1  tan 2 A AC2 = AB2 + BC2
94 INTRODUCTION TO TRIGONOMETRY

= [(a + b)k]2 + [(a – b)k]2

= 23 3
= [a2 + b2 +2ab + a2 + b2 – 2ab] k2 3 2
= 2(a2 + b2) k2 = 49 3
6
 AC = 2  a2  b2  k 2 = 2 ( a2  b2 ) k 8. Show that:
BC (a  b) k 2 (cos4 60° + sin4 30°) – (tan2 60° + cot2 45°)
 sin  = =
AC 2( a 2  b 2 ) k 1
+ 3 sec2 30° = .
ab 4
= 1 1
2 a2  b2 Sol. As cos 60° = , sin 30° = , tan 60° = 3 ,
2 2
6. In a right triangle ABC, right-angled at B, the 2
cot 45° = 1, sec 30° =
ratio of AB to AC is 1 : 2 . Find the value of 3
2 tan A L.H.S.= 2(cos 60° + sin4 30°)
4
.
1  tan 2 A – (tan2 60° + cot2 45°) + 3 sec2 30°
Sol. From figure, we have  1  4  1  4   2 2
2  2 
AC2 = AB2 + BC2
C = 2         3   1   3  
2 2
   3
 BC2 = AC2 – AB2
1 1 4
= ( 2 k )2  ( k )2 2k = 2     [3  1]  3 
 16 16  3
= 2k2 – k2 = k2
2 4 1
BC = k2 = k A B = 2  4  4 =  = R.H.S.
k 16
  16 4
BC k Hence, proved.
 tan A =  1
AB k
9. Evaluate:
Consider
2 tan A 2 1 2 (tan 60  ) 2  4 cos 2 45   4 cosec 2 60   2 cos 2 90 
=  1 .
1  tan 2 A 1  (1)2 2 7
2 cosec 30   3 sec 60   cot 2 30 
2 tan A 3
  =1
1  tan 2 A Sol.
2 (tan 60°)2 + 4 cos2 45°+ 4 cosec 2 60°+ 2 cos2 90°
7. If sec A = , find the value of
3 2 cosec 30°+ 3 sec 60° – 7 cot 2 30°
tan A 3
+ 1+ sin A . 2 2
cos A tan A    
( 3)2  4  1   4  2   2(0)2
Sol. Given that  2  3
= 2
2 3 2(2)  3(2)  7 3
sec A =
3
 cos A =
2 3  
9  6  16
sin A =
3
1  cos2 A = 1  4 = 4 = 2
1 1 3+ 4× 1 + 4× 4
= 2 3 = 3
1 4+6 – 7 10  7
sin A
 tan A = = 31 31
cos A 3 = =
1 33 9
1 1 10. If sin 3 = cos ( – 6°), where 3 and  – 6°
tan A 1  sin A 3  2
Now, + =
cos A tan A 3 1 are both acute angles, find the value of .
2 3 Sol. Given sin 3 = cos ( – 6°)
2
= + 3 3  cos (90° – 3) = cos ( – 6°
3 2  90°– 3 = – 6°
INTRODUCTION TO TRIGONOMETRY 95
 4 = 96° 13. Prove that sec2  +cot2 (90° – )
  = 24° = 2 cosec2 (90° – ) – 1.
Hence, = 24°. Sol. L.H.S. = sec2  + cot2 (90° – )
11. If tan 2A = cot (A – 18°), where 2A is an acute = sec2  + tan2 
angle, find the value of A. = sec2  + sec2  – 1
Sol. tan 2A = cot (A – 18°) = 2 sec2 – 1
cot (90° – 2A) = cot (A – 18°) R.H.S. = 2 cosec2 (90° – ) – 1
[ cot (90° – ) = tan ] = 2 sec2  – 1
 90° – 2A = A – 18°  L.H.S. = R.H.S.
 2A + A = 90° + 18° 2 2
 3A = 108° 14. Evaluate: sec (90    )  cot 
2(sin 2 25   sin 2 65  )
108
 A=
3 2 cos 2 60 tan 2 28  tan 2 62 cot 40 
 A = 36° + 2 2 +
3(sec 43  cot 47  ) tan 50 
12. A, B and C are interior angles of a triangle ABC.
Show that: sec (90  )  cot 2 
2
Sol.
 B  C A 2(sin 2 25  sin 2 65)
(i) sin   cos
 2  
2 2 cos2 60 tan 2 28 tan 2 62 cot 40
+ 2 2 +
(ii) If  A = 90°, then find the value of 3(sec 43  cot 47) tan 50
 B  C cosec 2  cot 2 
tan  . =
 2  2[sin 2 25  sin 2 (90 – 25)]
Sol. (i) Here, A, B and C are interior angles of a 1
2  tan 2 (28) tan 2 (90 – 28) cot 40)
ABC. + 4 +
2 2 tan(90  – 40)
 A + B + C = 180° 3[sec (43)  cot (90 – 43]
B + C = 180° – A 1
=
2(sin 2 25  cos2 25)
B  C A
= 90° – 1
2 2 (tan 2 28 cot 2 28) cot 40
+ 2 +
2 2 cot 40
 B  C   A  3(sec 43  tan 43)
sin 
  = sin  90  2  1 1 3 1 6
2
=  1 =
 B  C  A 2 6 6
sin 
  = cos 10 5
2 2 = = .
6 3
 B  C A 15. Evaluate:
or sin  = cos .
 2  2 sin (50° +  ) – cos (40° –  ) + tan 1° tan 10°
(ii) Given that A = 90° tan 20° tan 70° tan 80° tan 89° + sec (90° –  ).
 B + C = 90° cosec  – tan (90° –  ). cot .
B  C 90 Sol. sin (50° + ) – cos (40°– ) + tan 1° tan 10°
= = 45° tan 20° tan 70° tan 80° tan 89° + sec (90° – ) .
2 2
cosec – tan (90° – ) . cot 
 B  C  = sin [90° – (40° – )] – cos (40°– ) + tan 1°
tan   = tan 45° = 1
 2 tan 10° tan 20° tan (90° – 20°) tan (90°–10°)
 B  C tan (90° – 1°) + cosec  . cosec  – cot  . cot 
or tan  =1
 2 
96 INTRODUCTION TO TRIGONOMETRY

= cos (40° – ) – cos (40° – ) + tan 1° cot 1° tan 10° 4 2 x

  3
cot 10° tan 20° cot 20° + cosec2 – cot2  3 3 3
=0+1+1=2 429 x
 
3 3
sec 2 ( 90    )  cot 2 
16. Evaluate: 11 x
2 (sin 2 25   sin 2 65  )    11  x
3 3
2.cos 2 60  .tan 2 28  .tan 2 62 Hence, x = 11
+ .
sin 30  .cos 60  18. If A + B = 90°, then prove that
sec 2 (90   )  cot 2 
Sol.
2 (sin 2 25  sin 2 65) tan A tan B  tan A cot B sin 2 B
 = tan A.
2.cos2 60.tan 2 28.tan 2 62 sin A sec B cos 2 A
+
sin 30.cos 60 Sol. As A + B = 90°
cosec 2   cot 2 
=  B = (90° – A)
2[sin 2 25  sin 2 (90  25)]
 1
2 tan A tan B  tan A cot B sin 2 B
2.   .tan 2 28 tan 2 (90  28) L.H.S. = 
 2 sin A sec B cos2 A
+ 1 1

2 2 2
1 = tan A tan  90 – A   tan A cot  90 – A  – sin  90 – A 
=  2.tan 2 28.cot 2 28 sin A sec  90°– A  2
cos A
2 (sin 25  cos 2 25)
2

1 1 1 5 tan A cot A  tan A tan A cos2 A

=  2 tan 2 28.  2  = 
2 2 cos2 A
tan 28 2 2 sin A cosec A

 sec 2 59  cot 2 31 

17. Find the value of x if 4  1  tan 2 A


 = 1 = 1  tan 2 A  1  tan 2 A
 3  1
2 x = tan A = R.H.S.
 sin 90   3 tan 2 56   tan 2 34  .
3 3 19. Evaluate:
 sec 2 59  cot 2 31 
Sol. 4


 (sec2 37°– cot2 53°) tan 21°. tan 69°
 3  – sin 51°. cos 39°– cos 51° sin 39°
2 x 2 2
 sin 90  3 tan 2 56  tan 2 34 = Sol. (sec 37° – cot 53°) tan 21°. tan 69°
3 3 – sin 51°. cos 39° – cos 51°sin 39°
 sec 2 (90  31)  cot 2 31  = {sec2 37° – cot2 (90°– 37°)}. tan 21°.
 4  
 3  tan (90° – 21°) – sin (90°– 39°) cos 39°
 
2 x – cos (90° – 39°) sin 39°
 (1)  3 tan 2 (90  34)  tan 2 34  2 2
= {sec 37° – tan 37°} tan 21°. cot 21°
3 3
– cos 39°. cos 39° – sin 39°sin 39°
 cosec 2 31  cot 2 31 
 4   1
 3  = 1. tan 21°. – cos2 39° – sin2 39°
  tan 21
2 x = 1 – (cos2 39° + sin2 39°)
  3cot 2 34  tan 2 34 
3 3 =1–1
1 2 1 x
 4    3  tan 2 34  = 0.
3
  3 2 3
tan 34
INTRODUCTION TO TRIGONOMETRY 97
Short Answer Type-II Questions
tan A tan A cos 2  sin 3 
20. Prove that:   2 cosec A . 23. Prove that: 
sec A  1 sec A  1 1  tan  sin   cos 
tan A tan A = 1 + sin cos .
Sol. L.H.S. = 
sec A  1 sec A  1 cos 2  sin 3 
Sol. L.H.S. = 
tan A (sec A  1  sec A  1) 1  tan  sin   cos 
=
(sec A  1)(sec A  1)
cos2  sin 3 
tan A (2sec A) 2 tan A sec A = 
= = sin  cos   sin 
tan 2 A 1
sec 2 A  1 cos 
2 sec A 1 cos A 1
= = 2. . = 2. cos3  sin 3  cos3   sin 3 
tan A cos A sin A sin A =  =
= 2 cosec A = R.H.S. cos   sin  cos   sin  cos   sin 
cos A 1  sin A (cos   sin )(cos2   sin 2   sin  cos )
21. Prove that:  = 2 sec A. =
1  sin A cos A (cos   sin )
cos A 1  sin A = 1 + sin cos = R.H.S.
Sol. L.H.S. = 
1  sin A cos A
x y x y
cos2 A  (1  sin A)2 24. If cos   sin  = 1 and sin   cos  =
= a b a b
(1  sin A)(cos A)
x2 y2
cos2 A  12  sin 2 A 2  1  sin A 1, prove that:   2
= a2 b2
(1  sin A)cos A

(cos2 A  sin 2 A)  1  2 sin A Sol. Here, x cos   y sin  = 1 ...(i)

= a b
(1  sin A)cos A
x y
1  1  2 sin A 2  2 sin A and sin   cos  = 1 ...(ii)
=  a b
(1  sin A) cos A (1  sin A) cos A
Squaring and adding (i) and (ii), we have
2 (1  sin A) 2
= 
(1  sin A) cos A cos A x2 y2 x y
2
cos2   2
sin 2  + 2 . cos  sin 
= 2 sec A = R.H.S. a b a b
22. Prove that:
x2 y2 x y
3
sin   cos  3 3
sin   cos  3 + sin 2  + cos2  – 2 . cos  sin 
2 2 a b
  2 a b
sin   cos  sin   cos 
=1+1
sin 3   cos3  sin 3   cos3  x2 y2
Sol. L.H.S.=  2 2 2 2
sin   cos  sin   cos   2 (cos   sin )  2 (sin   cos )  2
a b
(sin   cos )(sin 2   cos2   sin  cos ) x2 y2
=   2
(sin   cos )
a2 b2
(sin   cos )(sin 2   cos2   sin  cos ) sin x – tan x cos x – 1
+ 25. Prove the identity: =
(sin   cos ) sin x.tan x sin x
= (1 + sin  cos ) + (1 – sin  cos ) sin x  tan x
Sol. L.H.S. =
= 1 + sin  cos  + 1 – sin  cos  = 2 sin x tan x
= R.H.S. 1 sin x  sin x 
= 
sin x tan x cos x 
98 INTRODUCTION TO TRIGONOMETRY

sin x  cos x  1  Sol. Given that 1 + sin2 = 3 sin cos 

= sin x tan x  cos x 
   cos2  + sin2  + sin2  – 3 sin cos  = 0
cos x  cos x  1  cos2  + 2 sin2  – 3 sin  cos  = 0
= sin x cos x
Dividing by cos2 , we obtain
cos x  1
= = R.H.S.
sin x
26. Prove that: b2x2 – a2y2 = a2b2, if: cos2  2 sin 2  3 sin  cos 
2
 2
 =0
(i) x = a sec  ; y = b tan  cos  cos  cos2 
(ii) x = a cosec  ; y = b cot  1 + 2 tan2– 3 tan  = 0
Sol. (i) Here, x = a sec  2 tan2  – 3 tan  + 1 = 0
 x2 = a2sec2  2 tan2  – 2 tan  – tan  + 1 = 0
 x 2 = sec2  ... (i) 2 tan  (tan – 1) – 1(tan  – 1) = 0
a2
y = b tan  (tan  – 1) (2 tan  – 1) = 0
and y2 = b2 tan2   tan  – 1 = 0 or 2 tan  – 1 = 0
2
y 1
 = tan2  ...(ii)  tan  = 1 or tan  = .
b2 2
Subtracting (ii) from (i), we obtain
tan   cot 
x2  y
2
28. Prove that: = tan2 – cot2.
= sec2  – tan2  sin  cos 
a2 b2
2
sin  cos 
x2  y 
tan   cot  cos  sin 
2 2 = 1 Sol. L.H.S. = =
a b sin  cos  sin  cos 
2 2
x  y 
a2b2  2  – a2b2  2  = a2b2 sin 2   cos2  sin 2   cos2 
a  b  = =
sin  cos  sin 2  cos2 
b x2 – a2y2 = a2b2
2
sin  cos 
(ii) y = b cot  sin 2  cos2 
 y2 = b2 cot2  = 
sin 2  cos2  sin 2  cos2 
y2
 = cot2  ...(iii) 1 1
b2 = 2
 = sec2  – cosec2 
and x = a cosec  cos  sin 2 
 x2 = a2 cosec2  = 1 + tan2  – (1 + cot2 )
x2 = 1 + tan2 – 1 – cot2 
 = cosec2  ...(iv)
a2
Subtracting (iii) from (iv), we have = tan2 – cot2  = R.H.S.
2
x2  y 29. If sec  – tan  = 2 tan , then show that:
= cosec2  – cot2 
a2 b2 sec  + tan  = 2 sec .
2
x2  y Sol. Here, sec  – tan  = 2 tan 
2 =1
a b2
2
sec2  + tan2  – 2 sec .tan  = 2 tan2 
 x2  2 2  y 
a2b2  2   a b  2  = 1 sec2  – tan2  = 2 sec .tan 
a  b  (sec + tan ). (sec  – tan ) = 2 sec . tan 
b x – a2y2 = 1
2 2

27. If 1 + sin2  = 3 sin  cos , then prove that

(sec + tan )  
2 tan  = 2 sec . tan 

1 [using given identity]

tan  = 1 or tan  = . sec  + tan  = 2 sec 
2
INTRODUCTION TO TRIGONOMETRY 99

30. Prove that:

1  cos   sin  1  sin 
 . cos2 A  1  cos A 
cos   sin  1 cos   
sin 2A  cos A 
1  cos   sin  =
Sol. L.H.S. = 1+sin A
cos   sin   1
cos A(1  cos A)
1  cos   sin  1  sin  =
=  sin 2 A(1+sin A)
cos   sin   1 1  sin 
(1  cos   sin )(1  sin ) cos A(1  cos A)
= =
[cos   (1  sin )](1  sin ) (1  cos 2 A)(1+sin A)
(1  cos   sin )(1  sin ) cos A(1  cos A)
= = (1  cos A)(1 + cos A)(1 + sin A)
cos (1  sin )  (1  sin )(1  sin )
(1  cos   sin )(1  sin ) cos A
= 2 =
cos (1  sin )  (1  sin ) (1+cosA)(1+sinA)
(1  cos   sin )(1  sin ) cos A(1  sin A)
= 2
=
cos (1  sin )  cos  (1+cos A)(1+sin A)(1  sin A)
(1  cos   sin )(1  sin ) cos A(1  sin A)
= =
[1  sin   cos ]cos  (1+cos A)(1  sin 2 A)
1  sin  cos A(1  sin A)
= = R.H.S. =
cos  (1 + cos A)cos 2 A
cot A + cosec A  1 1  cos A
31. Prove that:  . 1 1  sin A
cot A  cosec A + 1 sin A = 2

cot A + cosec A  1 cos A  cos A
1
Sol. L.H.S. = cos A
cot A  cosec A  1
1  sin A 
cot A+cosec A  (cosec 2A  cot 2 A) = sec2A  
= 1
cot A  cosec A  1  1
(cot A+cosec A)  (cosec A  cot A)(cosec A+cot A)  cos A 
=
cot A  cosec A+1  1  sin A 
= sec2A   = R.H.S.
(cosec A + cot A)[1  (cosec A  cot A)]  1  sec A 
=
(cot A  cosec A+1) 33. If tan A = n tan B and sin A = m sin B, prove
(cosec A + cot A)[1  cosec A+cot A]
= m2  1
cot A  cosec A  1 that cos2A = .
1 cos A 1  cos A n2  1
= cosec A + cot A =  =
sin A sin A sin A Sol. tan A = n tan B
= R.H.S. 1
32. Prove that:  tan B = tan A
n
cot 2 A(sec A  1)  1  sin A  cot B =
n
 sec 2 A  .

tan A
1  sin A  1  sec A 
cot 2 A(sec A  1) sin A = m sin B
Sol. L.H.S. =
1  sin A 1
 sin B = sin A
m
cos2 A  1 
2  cos A
 1 m
= sin A    cosec B =
1+sin A sin A
Now, cosec2 B – cot2 B = 1
100 INTRODUCTION TO TRIGONOMETRY

m2 n2 tan 2  1
  =1 = 
sin 2 A tan 2 A tan   1 tan  (tan   1)
m2 n 2 cos2 A
  =1 tan 3   1
2
sin A sin A 2 =
tan  (tan   1)
m  n cos2 A
2 2
 =1 (tan   1)(tan 2   tan   1)
sin 2 A =
tan  (tan   1)
 m2 – n2 cos2A = sin2A
 m2 – n2 cos2A = 1 – cos2A tan 2   tan   1
=
 m2 – 1 = (n2 – 1) cos2A tan 

m2  1 tan 2  tan  1
=  
 = cos2A tan  tan  tan 
n2  1
= tan  + 1 + cot  = R.H.S.
34. If x sin3  + y cos3  = sin  cos  and
x sin  = y cos , prove that: x2 + y2 = 1. 36. If tan  + sin  = m and tan  – sin  = n,
Sol. Here, x sin  =y cos  ...(i) show that: m2 – n2 = 4 mn.
Now, x sin + y cos3  = sin  cos 
3 Sol. tan  + sin  = m ...(i)
 x sin  . sin2  + y cos3  = sin  cos  and tan  – sin  = n ...(ii)
 y cos  . sin2  + y cos3  = sin  cos  Squaring and subtracting (i) and (ii), we have
[Using (i)] tan2  + sin2  + 2 tan  sin  – tan2  – sin2 
 2 2
y cos  (sin  + cos ) = sin  cos  2 + tan  sin  = m2 – n2
 y cos  = sin cos   4 tan  sin  = m2 – n2 ...(iii)
 y = sin  ...(ii)
4 mn = 4 (tan   sin )(tan   sin )
From (i), we have
x sin  = sin  cos  2 2
= 4 tan   sin 
 x = cos  ...(iii)
Squaring and adding (ii) and (iii), we have sin 2 
= 4  sin 2 
x2 + y2 = cos2 + sin2  cos2 
x2 + y2 = 1
tan  cot  sin 2 (1  cos2 )
35. Prove that:  = 4
1  cot  1  tan  cos2 
= 1 + tan + cot .
= 4 tan 2  sin 2 
tan  cot 
Sol. L.H.S. = 
1  cot  1  tan  = 4 tan  sin  ...(iv)
1 From (iii) and (iv), we have m2 – n2 = 4 mn
tan 
=  tan  p2  1
1 1  tan  37. If sec  + tan  = p, show that: = sin .
1
tan  p2  1

tan  1 Sol. sec  + tan  = p

= 
1 sin 
tan   1 tan (1  tan )
 =p
tan  cos  cos 
1  sin 
tan 2  1  =p
=  cos 
tan   1 tan (1  tan )
INTRODUCTION TO TRIGONOMETRY 101
Squaring both sides, we have 1 1
2 tan2  = x2 + 2
+ –1
(1  sin ) 16x 2
2
= p2
cos  1 1
2
tan2  = x2 + 2

(1  sin ) 16x 2
 2
= p2 2
1  sin   1 
tan2  =  x  
(1  sin )2  4 x
 = p2
(1  sin )(1  sin )  1 
tan  = ±  x  
1  sin   4x 
 = p2
1  sin  1 1
 1 + sin  = p2 – p2 sin  Now, sec  + tan = x + +x– = 2x
4x 4x
 p2 sin  + sin  = p2 – 1 1 1 1
and sec  + tan = x + –x+ =
 sin  (p2 + 1) = p2 – 1 4x 4x 2x
p2  1 40. If 2 cos  – sin  = x and cos  – 3 sin  = y.
 sin  = 2 Prove that: 2x2+y2 – 2xy = 5.
p 1
38. If 7sin2 + 3cos2 = 4, show that: Sol. 2x2 + y2 – 2xy = x2 + x2 + y2 – 2xy
1 = x2 + (x – y)2
tan  = .
3 = (2 cos  – sin )2 + (2 cos 
Sol. 7 sin2  + 3 cos2  = 4 – sin  – cos  + 3 sin )2
 4 sin2  + 3 sin2  + 3 cos2  = 4 = 4 cos2  + sin2  – 4 cos  sin 
 4 sin2  + 3 (sin2  + cos2 ) = 4 + (cos  + 2 sin )2
 4 sin2 + 3 = 4 = 4 cos2  + sin2  – 4 cos  sin 
 4 sin2  = 4 – 3 = 1 + cos2  + 4 sin2 + 4 sin  cos 
1
 sin2  = = 5 sin2  + 5 cos2 
4
= 5(sin2  + cos2 ) = 5
1
 sin  = 41. Prove that:
2
2 2 (sin6 + cos6 ) – 3(sin4 + cos4 ) + 1 = 0.
2 1
Now, cos  = 1  sin  = 1    Sol. L.H.S. = 2(sin6  + cos6 ) – 3(sin4 + cos4 )
2
1 3 3 +1
= 1 = = = 2{(sin  ) + (cos  ) } – 3{(sin  ) 2
2 3 2 3 2
4 4 2
1 + (cos2 )2} + 1
sin  2  1 . = 2{(sin2  + cos2 ) [(sin2 )2 + (cos2 )2
 tan  = = 3 3
cos  – sin2  cos2 )]} – 3{(sin2 )2 + (cos2 )2
2 + 2 sin2  cos2 – 2 sin2  cos2 } + 1
1
39. If sec  = x + , then prove that: = 2{(sin2)2 + (cos2 )2 + 2 sin2  cos2 
4x
1 – 3 sin2 cos2 } –3{(sin2  + cos2 )2
sec  + tan  = 2x or . – 2 sin2 cos2} + 1
2x
Sol. We know that sec2  = 1 + tan2  = 2{(sin2  + cos2 )2 – 3 sin2 cos2 }
2
 1  2
 x   = 1 + tan  – 3{1 – 2 sin2 cos2 } + 1
 4x 
1 1 = 2 – 6 sin2 cos2  – 3 + 6 sin2 cos2  + 1
x2 + 2
+ = 1 + tan2  = 0 = R.H.S.
16x 2
102 INTRODUCTION TO TRIGONOMETRY

42. In ABC, B = 90°, BC = 5 cm, AC – AB = 1. Thus, AC = 13 cm

1  sinC and AB = 12 cm
Evaluate: .
1  cos C 12
Sol. Here, in ABC, B = 90°, BC = 5 cm  sin C =
13
Let AC = x cm 5
and cos C =
 AB = (x – 1) cm 13
Now, by using Pythagoras Theorem, we have 12
1
AB2 + BC2 = AC2 1  sin C 13  25
Now, =
1  cos C 5 18
(x – 1)2 + 52 = x2 A 1
13
 x + 1 – 2x + 25 = x2
2

(x – 1)
 2x = 26 x
 x = 13
C B
5 cm

Long Answer Type Questions

Subtracting (ii) from (i), we obtain
sin A  2 sin3 A
43. Prove that:  tan A xy
2 cos 3 A  cos A x – y = 2 sin A  = sin A ...(iv)
2
Squaring and adding (iii) and (iv), we obtain
sin A  2sin 3 A 2 2
Sol. L.H.S =  2   x– y
2 cos3 A  cos A 2 2
 x + y  +  2  = cos A + sin A
   
sin A (1  2sin 2 A) 2 2
=  2   x  y
cos A(2 cos 2 A  1) Hence,   =1
x y   2 
 sin A   1  2(1  cos2 A)  tan  cot 
=    45. Prove that: 
 cos A   2cos A  1  1  cot  1  tan
2

[ cos2A + sin2A = 1] = 1 + sec cosec

 1  2  2cos2 A  tan  cot 
Sol. L.H.S. = 
= tan A   1  cot  1  tan 
 2 cos 2 A  1 
  1
2
 2 cos A  1  tan  tan 
= 
= tan A   1 1  tan 
 2 cos 2 A  1  1
  tan 
= tan A = R.H.S. tan  1
= 
44. If x = sec A + sin A and y = sec A – sin A, tan  –1 tan  1– tan  
2 2 tan 
 2   x– y
prove that   +  = 1. tan 2  1
 x+ y   2  = 
 tan  –1 tan  1– tan  
Sol. Here, x = sec A + sin A ...(i)  tan 2   1
y = sec A – sin A ...(ii) =  tan  – 1 – tan  tan  –1
 
Adding (i) and (ii), we obtain
tan 3  –1
x + y = 2 sec A = tan  (tan   1)
1 cos A 2
 =  x  y = cos A ...(iii) [But a3 – b3 = (a – b) (a2 + ab + b2)]
xy 2
INTRODUCTION TO TRIGONOMETRY 103

 tan  –1 (tan 2   tan  1) 47. Prove that:

= (sin  + cosec  )2 + (cos  + sec  )2
tan   tan  –1
= 7 + tan2  + cot2 .
(tan 2   1)  tan 
= Sol. L.H.S. = (sin  + cosec )2 + (cos  + sec )2
tan 
= (sin2  + cosec2  + 2 sin  cosec )
[But 1 + tan2  = sec2 ] + (cos2  + sec2  + 2 cos  sec )
sec 2   tan  sec 2  1
= = 1 = (sin2  + cosec2 +2 sin  × sin  )
tan  tan 
1 1
=
sin 
1 + (cos2  + sec2  + 2 cos  × )
cos2 × cos 
cos  = (sin2  + cosec2  + 2) + (cos2 
=
1
1 + sec2  + 2)
cos  sin  = (sin2  + cos2 ) + (cosec2 
 1  1  + sec2 + 4)
=   1
 cos    sin   = 1 + (1 + cot2 ) + (1 + tan2 ) + 4
= sec  cosec  + 1= R.H.S. = 7 + tan2  +cot2  = R.H.S.
48. Prove that: (sin  + sec  )2 + (cos  + cosec  )2
tan 2 A cosec 2 A
46. Prove that:  = (1 + sec  cosec  )2.
tan 2 A  1 sec 2 A  cosec 2 A Sol. L.H.S. = (sin  + sec )2 + (cos  + cosec )2
1 2 2
 1  1 
2 =  sin   

  cos  
1  2 cos A  cos    sin  
tan 2 A cosec 2 A  1 
2
 1 
Sol. L.H.S. =  = (sin )2 + 
tan 2 A  1 sec 2 A  cosec 2 A cos   + 2 (sin )  cos  
   
2
sin 2 A 1  1   1 
2 2
+ (cos )2 +   + 2 (cos )  sin  
cos A  sin A  sin    
= 2
sin A 1 1 1 sin 
 1  = sin 2   + 2
cos2 A cos A sin 2 A
2 2
cos  cos 

1 cos 
sin 2 A 1 + cos2   + 2
sin 2  sin 
= cos2 A  sin 2 A  1 1 
sin 2 A  cos2 A sin 2 A  cos2 A = (sin2  + cos2 ) +  2

2 
 cos  sin  
cos2 A cos2 Asin 2 A  sin  cos  
2 2 + 2  cos   sin  
sin A cos A  
=   sin 2   cos2  
 sin 2   cos2  
2 2
sin A  cos A sin A  cos2 A
2
= 1  2  
2 2
 cos  sin    cos  sin  
sin 2 A  cos2 A 1
= 2 2  1 2 1 
sin A  cos A 1  cos A  cos2 A
2 = 1  2 2
 
 cos  sin  cos  sin  
sin A cos A 1 = 1 + sec2  cosec2  + 2 sec  cosec 
=
sin A  cos A 1  cos A  cos2 A
2 2 2
= (1)2 + (sec  cosec )2 + 2 × 1
1 × (sec  cosec )
= = R.H.S. = [1 + sec  cosec ]2 = R.H.S.
1  2 cos2 A
104 INTRODUCTION TO TRIGONOMETRY

49. Prove that: sin A  cos A  sin A  cos A 2  1  (cos2   sin 2 )  2 cos2  sin 2 
sin A  cos A sin A  cos A =
1  1  cos2  sin 2 
2 2
= 2 2 = 2
. 3  1  2cos2  sin 2  2(2  cos2  sin 2 )
sin A  cos A 2 sin A  1 = 
2  cos2  sin 2  2  cos2  sin 2 
sin A  cos A sin A  cos A =2
Sol. L.H.S. = 
sin A  cos A sin A  cos A = R.H.S.
(sin A  cos A)2  (sin A  cos A)2 51. Prove that:
=
(sin A  cos A)(sin A  cos A) 1 1 1 1
   .
(sin 2 A  cos 2 A  2 sin A cos A) cosec   cot  sin  sin  cosec   cot 
 (sin 2 A  cos2 A  2 sin A cos A) 1 1
= Sol. L.H.S. = 
sin 2 A  cos2 A cosec   cot  sin 
2 2
[ sin  + cos  = 1 and (a + b) (a – b) =
1

 cosec   cot   1
= a2 – b2] cosec  – cot   cosec   cot  sin 
[rationalise]
1  2 sin A cos A   1– 2 sin A cos A 
= cosec   cot 
sin 2 A  cos2 A =  cosec 
2 cosec 2  – cot 2 
= = R.H.S.
sin 2 A  cos2 A  cosec   cot  
=  cosec 
2 2 1
Again, = 2
2
sin A  cos A 2 sin A  (1  sin 2 A) [ cosec2  – cot2  = 1]
2 = cot  ...(i)
= 1 1
sin A  1  sin 2 A
2
R.H.S.= 
2 sin  cosec   cot 
= 2
2 sin A  1 1 1 cosec   cot 
= R.H.S. =  
sin  cosec   cot  cosec   cot 
50. Prove the following:
cosec  – cot 
1 1 1 = cosec  
  cosec 2  – cot 2 
1  sin 2  1  cos 2  1  sec 2 
1 (cosec  – cot 
  2. = cosec  
1
1  cosec 2  = cosec  – cosec  + cot 
1 1 1
Sol. L.H.S.=   = cot  ...(ii)
1  sin  1  cos  1  sec 2 
2 2
From (i) and (ii), we have
1
 L.H.S. = R.H.S.
1  cosec 2  Hence, proved.
1 1 cos2 
=   52. Prove that: (tan2 A  tan 2 B)
1  sin 2  1  cos2  cos2   1
sin 2  sin 2 A  sin 2 B (cos 2 B  cos 2 A)
 = = .
sin 2   1 cos 2 A cos 2 B cos 2 B cos 2 A
1  cos   1  sin   cos  (1  sin 2 )
2 2 2 Sol. L.H.S. = tan2 A – tan2 B
 sin 2  (1  cos2 ) sin 2 A sin 2 B
= = 
(1  sin 2 )(1  cos2 ) cos2 A cos2 B
2  (cos2   sin 2 )  cos2  cos2  sin 2  sin 2 A cos2 B  cos 2 A sin 2 B
=
cos2 A cos 2 B
 sin 2   sin 2  cos2 
= sin 2 A(1  sin 2 B)  (1  sin 2 A)sin 2 B
1  sin2   cos2   cos2  sin2  =
cos2 A cos 2 B
INTRODUCTION TO TRIGONOMETRY 105

sin 2 A  sin 2 A sin 2 B  sin 2 B  sin 2 A sin 2 B 1 sin 

= = sec  + tan  = 
cos2 A cos2 B cos  cos 
sin 2 A  sin 2 B 1  sin 
= = R.H.S. =
cos2 A cos2 B cos 
[multiply and divide by 1 – sin ]
Again, L.H.S.= tan2A – tan2B
1  sin  1– sin  1–sin 2 
sin 2 A sin 2 B =  =
=  cos  1– sin  cos  1–sin  
cos2 A cos2 B
cos2  cos 
sin 2 A cos2 B  cos2 A sin 2 B =  = R.H.S.
= cos  1– sin   1–sin  
cos2 A cos2 B
55. Prove that:
(1  cos2 A)cos2 B  cos2 A(1  cos2 B) 1 1 1 1
=    .
cos2 A cos2 B (sec   tan  ) cos  cos  (sec   tan  )
cos2 B  cos2 Acos2 B  cos2 A  cos2 Acos2 B 1 1
= Sol. L.H.S. = 
cos2 Acos2 B (sec   tan ) cos 
cos2 B  cos2 A 1 sec   tan 
= = R.H.S. =   sec 
cos2 A cos2 B (sec   tan ) sec   tan 
1  sin  1  sin  (sec   tan )
53. Prove that:  = 2 sec . =  sec 
1  sin  1  sin  (sec 2   tan 2 )
[But sec2  – tan2  = 1]
1  sin  1  sin  = (sec  + tan ) – sec  = tan 
Sol. L.H.S. =  ...(i)
1  sin  1  sin 
1  sin  1  sin  1 1
=  R.H.S. = 
1  sin  1  sin  cos   sec   tan  
1 sec  – tan 
( 1  sin  )( 1  sin  )  ( 1  sin  )( 1  sin  ) = sec   
=
( 1  sin  )( 1  sin  )
 sec   tan  sec  – tan 
1  sin   1  sin  2 2  sec  – tan 
= =  = sec  
(1  sin )(1  sin ) 1–sin 2  cos   sec2  – tan 2 
= 2 sec  = R.H.S.  sec  – tan 
= sec  
sec   tan   1 cos  1
54. Prove that:  .
tan   sec   1 ( 1  sin  )
[  sec2  – tan2  = 1]
sec   tan   1 = sec  – sec  + tan  = tan 
Sol. L.H.S. =
tan   sec   1 ...(ii)
As sec2  – tan2  = 1 From (i) and (ii), we have
sec   tan   (sec 2   tan 2 ) L.H.S.= R.H.S.
= Hence, proved.
tan   sec   1
3
(sec   tan )  [(sec   tan )(sec   tan )] 56. In the given figure, AM  BC. If tan B = ,
= 4
tan   sec   1 5
tan C = and BC = 56 cm, find the length
(sec   tan )[1  (sec   tan )] 12
= of AM.
tan   sec   1 A
(sec   tan )[1  sec   tan ]
=
(tan   sec   1)
(sec   tan )(tan   sec   1)
=
(tan   sec   1)
B C
M
106 INTRODUCTION TO TRIGONOMETRY

Sol. In rt. ed BMA

tan 3  cot 3 
3 = 
tan B =
4 sec 2  cosec2 
AM 3 BM 4
 = or = ...(i) sin 3  cos3 
BM 4 AM 3 =  cos2    sin 2 
cos3  sin 3 
In rt. ed CMA
5 sin 3  cos3  sin 4   cos4 
tan C = =  
12 cos  sin  cos  sin 
AM 5 MC 12
 = or = ... (ii)
MC 12 AM 5 (sin 2 )2  (cos2 )2  2 cos2  sin 2 
Adding (i) and (ii) , we obtain  2 cos2  sin 2 
=
BM MC 4 12 cos  sin 
 = 
AM AM 3 5
(sin 2   cos2 )2  2 cos2  sin 2 
BM  MC 20  36 =
= cos  sin 
AM 15
1  2 cos2  sin 2 
BC 56 =
= cos  sin 
AM 15
56 56 1 2 cos2  sin 2 
= [ _ BC = 56 cm (given)] = 
AM 15 cos  sin  cos  sin 
56  15 = sec cosec – 2 cos  sin 
 AM = = 15 cm
56 = R.H.S.
57. If tan (20° – 3) = cot (5 – 20°), then find 59. If p = sec A + tan A, then prove that
the value of  and hence evaluate:
sin. sec. tan – cosec. cos. cot. p2  1
sin A = .
Sol. tan (20° –3) = cot (5 – 20°) p2  1
cot {90°– (20°– 3)} = cot (5 - 20°) Sol. Given that p = sec A + tan A ...(i)
We know that, 2 2
sec A – tan A = 1
90° – 20° + 3 = 5 – 20°
70° + 3 = 5 – 20°  (sec A – tan A) (sec A + tan A) = 1
5 – 3 = 70° + 20°  (sec A – tan A) p = 1
2  = 90° 1
 sec A – tan A = p ..(ii)
 = 45°
Adding (i) and (ii), we obtain
Now, sin. sec. tan – cosec. cos cot
1
=sin 45°. sec 45°. tan 45°– cosec 45°. cos 45°. 2 sec A = p + p
1 1 p2  1 2p
cot 45° =  2.1– 2. .1 = 0 sec A = ; cos A = p2  1
2 2 2p

tan3  cot 3  1
4 p2
58. Prove that:  sin A = 1 – cos2 A =
1  tan 2  1  cot 2  ( p 2  1)2
= sec cosec – 2 sin  cos .
( p 2  1)2  4 p 2
tan 3  cot 3  =
( p 2  1)2
Sol. L.H.S.= 
1  tan 2  1  cot 2 
INTRODUCTION TO TRIGONOMETRY 107

( p2  1)2 p2  1 4 sin   cos   1

= = Now,
( p 2  1)2 p2  1 4sin   cos   1
2
p 1 4 sin   cos   1
Hence, sin A = 2
p 1 cos 
=
4 sin   cos   1 4sin   cos   1
60. If 4 tan  = 3, evaluate
4 sin   cos   1 cos 
Sol. Given that: 4 tan   1  sec 
3 =
4 tan  = 3  tan  = . 4 tan   1  sec 
4
Also, sec2  = 1 + tan2  3 5 12  4  5
4  1
 3
2
9 16  9 25 4 4 4 13
= 1 +    1   = = 12  4  5 =
 4 3 5 11
16 16 16 4  1
5 4 4 4
sec  =
4
APPLICATION BASED QUESTIONS (Solved)

1. If tan2 = 1 – a2, prove that  cos2  cos2   2

3 = 2
 2  cos 
sec + tan3 cosec = (2 – a2 ) 2  cos  sin  
Sol. Here, we have tan2 = 1 – a2 (sin 2   cos2  ) cos2 
 sec2 – 1 = 1 – a2 = .cos2
cos2  sin 2 
[_ sec2 = 1 + tan2]
2
 sec2 = 2 – a2 1  cos 2   cos  
= =  
1 sin 2   sin  
 sec  = (2  a 2 ) 2 = n2 = R.H.S.
Now, sec  + tan3  cosec  3. If sin  + cos  = x, then show that
1
= sec  + tan2 . tan . tan  + cot  = 2
sin 
x2 – 1
= sec  + tan2 . sin  . 1 Sol. Given that sin + cos  = x
cos  sin 
= sec  + tan2 .sec  sin2 + cos2  +2 sin .cos  = x2
= sec  (1+ tan2 ) 1+2 sin cos  = x2
= sec . sec2  = sec3  x2  1
sin  cos  =
1 2
= {(2  a 2 ) 2 }3 1 2
= 2
3 sin  cos  x 1
2
= (2  a ) 2 sin 2   cos2  2
= 2
cos  cos  sin  cos  x 1
2. If cos  = m and sin  = n, show that:
sin 2   cos2  = 2
(m2
+ n2)cos2  =n2. sin  cos  sin  cos  x2  1
Sol. L.H.S.= (m2+ n2) cos2 2
tan  + cot  = .
x21
108 INTRODUCTION TO TRIGONOMETRY

ANALYZING, EVALUATING & CREATING TYPE QUESTIONS (Solved)

1. If tan  + sin  = m and tan – sin  = n, 1  sin  1 – sin 2  = l
 =l 
show that: m2– n2
= 4 mn . sin  sin 
Sol. L.H.S. = m2 n2
– = (m + n)(m – n) cos 2  = l  cot . cos  = l

= (tan  + sin  + tan  – sin ) sin 
(tan +sin  – tan  + sin )  l 2 = cot2  . cos2 
= 2 tan  × 2 sin  Also, sec  – cos  = m
= 4 tan  sin  1  cos 
 =m
cos 
R.H.S. = 4 mn
= 4 (tan   sin )(tan   sin ) 1 – cos2 
 =m
cos 
sin 2   sin 2 
= 4 tan 2   sin 2  = 4
cos 2  sin 2 
1 1
 cos  = m
= 4 sin 
cos 2   tan . sin  = m
1  cos  2 2
sin   m2 = tan2 . sin2 
= 4 sin  = 4 sin  Now, l2 m2 (l2 + m2 + 3)
cos 2  cos 2 
= 4 sin  tan  = cot2 . cos2 . tan2 . sin2  (cot2  cos2 
 L.H.S. = R.H.S. + tan2 .sin2 +3)
4
 cos  sin  4 
2. Prove that: = cos2 . sin2   2  3
2(sin6 + cos6) – 3(sin4 + cos4)  sin  cos 2  
+ 4(sin2+cos2) = 3 = cos6  + sin6  + 3 sin2  cos2 
Sol. L.H.S. = 2(sin6 + cos6) – 3(sin4 + cos4) = (cos2 )3 + (sin2 )3 + 3sin2  cos2 
+ 4(sin2 + cos2) = (cos2  + sin2 )(cos4  + sin4 
= 2[(sin2)3+ (cos 2) 3]–3[(sin2)2 – sin2  cos2 )+ 3 sin2  cos2 
= (cos ) + (sin2 )2 – sin2  cos2 
2 2
+(cos 2) 2] +4(1)
+ 3 sin2  cos2 
= 2[(sin +cos )(sin4+cos4
2 2
= (cos ) + (sin ) + 2 sin  cos2 
2 2 2 2 2
– sin2cos2)] – 3[(sin2)2+(cos2)2
= (cos2  + sin2 )2
+2sin2cos2– 2sin2cos2] +4
= 1 = R.H.S.
= 2[(sin2)2+(cos2)2+2sin2cos2
4. Prove that:
–3sin2cos2] – 3[(sin2+cos2)2
2sec2  – sec4  – 2cosec2  + cosec4 
–2sin2cos2]+4
= cot4  – tan4 
= 2[(sin2+cos2)2 – 3sin2cos2]
Sol. L.H.S.= 2 sec  – sec  – 2 cosec2  + cosec4 
2 4
–3[1–2sin2cos2]+4 = 2 sec2  – (sec2 )2 – 2 cosec2 
= 2(1–3 sin  cos )–3+6sin2cos2+ 4
2 2
+ (cosec2 )2
= 2 – 6sin2cos2 – 3 + 6sin2cos2 + 4 = 2(1+ tan2 ) – (1 + tan2 )2
=6–3=3 – 2(1+ cot2 ) + (1 + cot2 )2
= R.H.S. = 2 + 2 tan2  – (1 + tan4  + 2 tan2 )
3. If cosec  – sin  = l and sec  – cos  = m, then – 2 – 2 cot2 + (1 + cot4  + 2 cot2 )
show that: l2 m2 (l2+m2+3) = 1 = 2 + 2 tan2  – 1 – tan4  – 2 tan2 
Sol. Given that – 2 – 2 cot2  + 1 + cot4  + 2 cot2 
cosec  – sin  = l = cot4  – tan4  = R.H.S.
INTRODUCTION TO TRIGONOMETRY 109
5. ‘Skysails’ is that genre of engineering science that He climbed the rope and from top of the pole
uses extensive utilization of wind energy to move picked the child and save her life.
a vessel in the sea water. The ‘Skysails’ technology If the height of the pole is 12 m and the angle
allows the towing kite to gain a height of anything made by the rope with ground is 30°, calculate
between 100 metres – 300 metres. The sailing kite the distance covered by the fireman to reach the
is made in such a way that it can be raised to its top of the pole.
proper elevation and then brought back with the Sol. Let C be the top of the pole BC. Height of the
help of a ‘telescopic mast’ that enables the kite to pole = 12 m
be raised properly and effectively. C

Pole
A

Rope 30°
A
B

C  B Distance covered by the fireman to reach the top

of the pole is AC.
Now, in rt. ed ABC, we have
Based on the above figure related to sky sailing,
BC
answer the questions: = sin 30°
(i) In the given figure, if sin  = cos (3 – 30°), where AC
 and 3 – 30° are acute angles, then find 12 1
the value of . =
AC 2
(ii) What should be the length of the rope of the AC = 24
kite sail in order to pull the ship at the angle  Hence, distance covered by Mahesh is 24 m.
(calculated above) and be at a vertical height 7. The lower window of a house is at a height of
of 200 m? 2 m above the ground and its upper window is
Sol. (i) sin  = cos (3 – 30°) 4 m vertically above the lower window. At certain
cos (90° – ) = cos (3 – 30°) instant of elevation of a ballon from these
[ sin  = cos (90° – )] windows are observed to be 60° and 30°
 90° –  = 3 – 30° respectively.
 4 = 120° Based on the given figure, answer the questions
  = 30° given below:
(ii) In rt. ed CBA
AB
= sin 30°
AC
AB 200
AC = = = 400
sin 30 1 / 2 30°
W
Hence, the length of the rope of the kite is
400 m.
6. Mahesh, a fireman while throwing water on the 60°
fire of a burning house noticed a child in the first W

floor of burning house crying help ! Mahesh at

once tied a rope at the top of a pole near the
burning house and its other end tied at the ground.
110 INTRODUCTION TO TRIGONOMETRY

(i) Find the value of P

2(cos4 60° + sin430°) + (tan2 60°
+ cot2 30°) + 3 sec2 30°.
3
(ii) If sin   , then find the value of . 
2 A D B
Sol. (i) 2(cos4 60° + sin4 30°) + (tan2 60° Sol. (i) Here, sin 3 = cos ( – 30°)
+ cot2 30°) + 3sec2 30° sin 3 = sin (90° –  + 30°)
 1  4 4 2
 1   2 sin 3 = sin (120° – )
 2
= 2        ( 3)  ( 3)  3   
2
 2   2   3 3 = 120° –  4 = 120°
 = 30°
= 2  1

16 16
1
  {3  3}  3 
4
3
(ii) Give that, PD = 15 m
In rt. ed ADP
2 1 1
= 2  6  4   10  10 PD
16 4 4 = sin 30°
AP
3 PD 15
(ii) sin    sin 60   = 60° 
2 AP =
sin 30 1
8. Suman was asked by one of her friends Monika,
2
to find the value of  when cot 3 = tan = 15 × 2 = 30 m
(36°– ), where 3 is an acute angle. She Hence, the lenth of AP is 30 m.
obtained the value as shown below: 10. A bird is sitting on the top of a tree, which is 10 m
cot 3 = tan (36° – ) [given] high. The angle of elevation of the bird, from a
 tan (90° – 3) = tan (36° – ) point on the ground is 45°. The bird flies away
 90° – 3 = 36° –  from the point of observation horizontally and
 2  = 90° + 36° = 126° remains at a constant height. After 2 secs,
covering a distance of 58.56 m, the angle of
  = 63° elevation of the bird from the point of observation
Here, another friend Amit pointed out that the becomes . Based on the figure related to above
value obtained is not correct. In fact, there is no information, answer the following questions:
such value which satisfy the given condition. Is 58.56 m
A C
the claim of Amit correct?
Sol. Yes, Amit’s claim is correct.
Because 3 × 63° = 189°, which is not an acute
angle. 80 m
80 m

Also, 36° – 63° i.e., 36° –  is –27°, it is a

negative angle, which cannot be possible in a right-
angled triangle.

9. A and B represent points on the bank of the 45°
river on opposite sides, so that AB is the width P B D

of the river. P is a point on the bridge. Based (i) In the figure, find the angle , if distance of
on the given figure related to width/height of the bird from the point of observation is
the bridge, answer the following questions: 160 m.
(i) In the given figure, if (ii) Find the speed of the bird.
sin 3 = cos ( – 30°), where  and 3 are Sol. (i) In rt. ed PDC, D = 90°
less than equal to 90°, then find the value CD 80 1
of . sin  = = = = sin 30°
PC 160 2
(ii) What should be the length of AP, if the
  = 30°
height of the bridge is 15 m?
INTRODUCTION TO TRIGONOMETRY 111

D 58.56 m Sol. Here, cos (F – Y) = 1  cos (F – Y) = cos 0°

(ii) Speed of the bird = =  F – Y = 0° ...(i)
T 2 sec
Also, sin (F + Y) = 1  sin (F + Y) = sin 90°
= 29.28 m/sec.
 F + Y = 90° ... (ii)
11. Bandana prepared an article
on ‘Save Natural Resources’, T Adding (i) and (ii), we obtain
in a right triangular board 2F = 90° F = 45°
TRY (See figure). Such that From (ii), 45° + Y= 90° Y = 90° – 45° = 45°
length of TY is 29 cm, length Hence, F = Y = 45°
of TR is 21 cm and TYR = .  13. By an organisation to promote
Also, TRY = 90°. Based on R Y S
the importance of plantation, a
the given figure, answer the programme is organised. For
following questions: this triangular shaped field were
(i) Find the value of (sin  + cos )2. provided to the participants as
(ii) Find the value of cos2  – sin2 . K Y
shown in the figure.
Sol. In rt. ed TRY, R = 90°, TY = 29 cm,
1
TR = 21 cm If tan (S – Y) = and tan (S + Y) = 3 ,
 RY2 + TR2 = TY2 3
then find the value of S and Y.
RY2 + (21)2 = (29)2 Sol. Given that:
RY2 = 841 – 441 = 400
1
RY = 20 cm tan (S – Y) = = tan 30°
3
TR 21  S – Y = 30° ... (i)
Now, sin  = =
TY 29 tan (S + Y) = 3 = tan 60°
RY 20  S + Y = 60° ... (ii)
and cos  = =
TY 29 Adding (i) and (ii), we have
2 2S = 90°
 21 20 
 (i) (sin  + cos )2 =  
 29 29   S = 45°
From (ii), we have 45° + Y = 60°
2
 41  1681  Y = 60° – 45° = 15°
=   
 29  841 Hence, S = 45° and Y = 15°.
2 2 14. Manav prepared a square O N
 20   21 
(ii) cos2 – sin2 =      board, divided into two right
 29   29 
triangles by a diagonal. On one
400 441 41
=   triangle he displayed ideologies
841 841 841 
12. A programme by an of Gandhiji. On the other
L M
educational institution of F triangle he wrote some slogans.
‘Sarv Shiksha Abhiyan’ was 1
organised. For this, members If sin  = , find the value of 2 cosec  .
2 1  cot 2 
of the institution were given
triangular shaped cardboards 1
L Y
for writing slogan. Based on Sol. Here, sin =  cosec  = 2.
2
the given diagram, answer the
following questions: 2 cosec  22 4 4
Now, 2 = 2 = 2
 = 1.
If cos (F – Y) = 1, sin (F + Y) = 1, then find the 1  cot  cosec  (2) 4
values of F and Y.
112 INTRODUCTION TO TRIGONOMETRY

15. The triangular sign board DRY D 50x = 600  x = 12

with right-angled at R is used Thus, RY = 12 cm and DY
to display some slogan to it. = 25 – 12 = 13 cm D
Such that RY + DY = 25 cm
and DR =5 cm. RY 12
Now, sin D = = ,
Based on this information, DY 13

(2
R Y

5
–
answer the question given 5 cm

x)
DR 5

cm
below: cos D = =
DY 13
Find the value of sin D, cos D and tan D.
Sol. Let RY be x cm, therefore, DY = (25 – x) cm RY 12 R x cm Y
and tan D = = .
x2 + 52 = (25 – x)2 = 625 – 50x + x2 DR 5

NOTES
INTRODUCTION TO TRIGONOMETRY 113

ASSIGNMENT-I

Q.1. From the given triangle, the value of cot  is equal to:
B
5 13 10
(a) (b) cm
13 5
 C

cm
5 12

24
(c) (d)
12 5
12 5 A
Q.2. If sin  = and cos  = , then, the value of cot  is:
13 13
5 12
(a) (b)
12 5
13 13
(c) (d)
5 12
Q.3. The value of sin (50° + ) – cos (40° – ) is equal to:
(a) 0 (b) 1
(c) 2 (d) 3
sin 30 cot 60 tan 45
Q.4. The value of is equal to:
tan 30 cos 0

1 1
(a) (b)
2 3
1 1
(c) (d)
4 5
Q.5. Which of the following is true?
(a) 2 sin 30o cos 30o = sin 60o (b) 2 sin 40o cos 45o = sin 90o
(c) 2 sin 30o cos 30o = sin 45o (d) None of these
3 sin   2 cos 
Q.6. If 3 tan  = 4, then the value of is:
3 sin   2 cos 
(a) 1 (b) 2
(c) 3 (d) 4
Q.7. If sin 3A = cos (A – 10°), where 3A is an acute angle, then A is equal to:
(a) 15° (b) 20°
(c) 25° (d) 30°

B + C
Q.8. If A, B and C are the angles of a ABC, then sin  is equal to:
 2 

A B
(a) sin (b) cos
2 2

C A
(c) sin (d) cos
2 2
114 INTRODUCTION TO TRIGONOMETRY

Q.9. In the given figure, A = 30o, B = 90o and AC = 20 cm. Then AB + BC is equal to: C

(a) (10  10 2 ) cm (b) (10  10 3) cm

cm
20
(c) (12 + 12 2 ) cm (d) (15 + 15 3 ) cm
30°
A B
2 2 2 2
tan 60  4 sin 45  3 sec 30  5 cos 90
Q.10. The value of is __________.
cosec 30  sec 60  cot 2 30
Q.11. The value of tan 1° tan 10° tan 20° tan 70° tan 80° tan 89° is __________.
 2 tan A 
Q.12. In a ABC, it is given that B = 90° and AB : AC = 1 : 2 , find the value of  2 
.
 1 + tan A 

5 (2 cos   sin ) 12
Q.13. If sec = , show that (cot   tan )  7 .
4
Q.14. In ABC, right-angled at B, AB = 7 cm and AC – BC = 1 cm. The value of cos C is__________.
1  tan A
Q.15. If 3 cot A = 4, check whether 1  tan A = cos A – sin A or not.

NOTES
INTRODUCTION TO TRIGONOMETRY 115

ASSIGNMENT-II
Q.1. cos 60o cos 30o – sin 60o sin 30o is equal to:
(a) cos 0° (b) sin 30°
(c) cos 90° (d) cos 30°
sin 54° cos 54°
Q.2. Find the value of + .
cos 36° sin 36°
(a) 1 (b) 2
(c) 3 (d) 4
Q.3. If cot  = 2, then, cosec  is equal to:
(a)  3 (b)  5

(c)  6 (d)  7

1
Q.4. The value of cot 2   is:
sin 2 
(a) – 2 (b) – 1
(c) 0 (d) 1
Q.5. (sec A + tan A) (1 – sinA) =
(a) sec A (b) sin A
(c) cosec A (d) cos A
8
Q.6. In the given figure, if sin P = , then respective values of cos P and tan P are:
17 R
15 8 8 15
(a) and (b) and
17 15 15 17
15 15 15 17
(c) and (d) and
8 17 17 18
Q.7. If tan  + cot  = 5, then, tan2 + cot2 is equal to: P Q
(a) 27 (b) 25
(c) 24 (d) 23
Q.8. If sin  + sin2 = 1, then, cos2 + cos4 is equal to:
(a) 0 (b) 1
(c) 2 (d) 3
Q.9. If k + 1 = sec2 (1 + sin ) (1 – sin ), then find the value of k.
(a) 0 (b) 1
(c) 2 (d) 3
1  cos A
Q.10. 1  cos A is equal to ________. A
2 2
Q.11. (sin  + cosec ) + (cos  + sec ) is equal to ________..
3 5 cosec   4 tan 
Q.12. If cos  = , then the value of is equal to________.
5 sec   cot 

C B
Q.13. If sec  + tan  = p, then the value of cosec  can be________.
Q.14. If 4 sin  + 3 cos  = 5, then find the value of 3 sin  – 4 cos .
Q.15. If tan  + sin  = m, tan  – sin = n, then m2 – n2 is equal to________.
116 SOME APPLICATIONS OF TRIGONOMETRY

CHAPTER 7

SOME APPLICATIONS OF TRIGONOMETRY

Syllabus Reference [When the eye turns upwards above the horizontal
One of the main application of trigonometry is to line].
find the distance between two or more than two P

places or to find the height of the object or the angle

subtended by any object at a given point without

ht
actually measuring the distance or heights or angles.

sig
of
Trigonometry is useful to astronomers, navigators,

ne
Li
architects and surveyors etc. in solving problems
Angle of
related to heights and distances. elevation
The directions of the objects can be described by O A

measuring:
(i) angle of elevation and (ii) angle of depression
 Angle of Depression:
Angles of elevation or angles of depression of the
Let P be the position of the object below the horizontal
objects are measured by an instrument called
line OA and O be the eye of the observer, then angle
Theodolite. Theodolite is based on the principles of
AOP is called angle of depression.
trigonometry, which is used for measuring angles
with a rotating telescope. In 1856, Sir George It is called the angle of depression because the
Everest first used the giant theodolite, which is now observer has to depress (lower) his line of sight from
on display in the Museum of the survey of India in the horizontal OA to see the object P.
Dehradun. [When the eye turns downwards below the horizontal

 Angle of Elevation: line].

O A
Let P be the position of the object above the Angle of
depression
horizontal line OA and O be the eye of the observer,
then angle AOP is called angle of elevation. It is Li
ne
of
called the angle of elevation, because the observer s ig
ht
has to elevate (raise) his line of sight from the
horizontal OA to see the object P.
P
SOME APPLICATIONS OF TRIGONOMETRY 117

NCERT & BOARD QUESTIONS CORNER

(Remembering & Understanding Based Questions)
Short Answer Type-I & II Questions
1. A kite is flying at a height of 45 m above the Sol. Let AB = 150 m be the height of a cliff.
ground. The string attached to the kite is Let C and D be the positions of the boat.
temporarily tied to a point on the ground. The Let speed of the boat be x m/minutes.
inclination of the string with the ground is
Since time = 2 minutes
60°. Find the length of the string assuming
that there is no slack in the string.  CD = 2x
Sol. Let P is the position of the Let BC = y
P
kite with height 45 m from and ACB = 60° and ADB = 45°
the point Q on the ground. Consider rt. ABC, we have
Let R is the other point on AB A
the ground to which kite 45 m tan 60° = 60°
BC
is temporarily tied. 150

150 m
As PRQ = 60° and  3 =
60°
y
PQ = 45 m (given) R
150
Q  y =
Consider a rt. PQR, we 3 60° 45°
B D
have = 50 3 y C 2x ...(i)
PQ Now, consider rt. ABD, we have
sin 60° =
PR AB
tan 45° =
3 45 BD
 =
2 PR 150
 1 = y  2x
90 3
 PR =  [since BD = BC + CD = y + 2x]
3 3
 150 = y + 2x
90 3  150 = 50 3  2 x [from (i)]
 PR = = 30 3
3
 2x = 150 – 50 3
Hence, the length of the string is 30 3 m.
2. A moving boat is observed from the top of a  2x = 50 (3  3)
150 m high cliff moving away from the cliff.  x = 25 (3  3) m /minute
The angle of depression of the boat changes [1 hour= 60 min]
from 60° to 45° in 2 minutes. Find the speed = 1500 (3  3) m/h
of the boat.
Long Answer Type Questions
3. From a point on the ground, the angles of As AB = 20 m 
elevation of the bottom and top of a ACB = 45°  (given)
transmission tower fixed at the top of a 20 m and DCB = 60° 
high building are 45° and 60° respectively. Find
Here, C is the point on the ground.
the height of the tower.
Consider rt. ABC, we have
Sol. Let us assume height of the transmission tower be
AB
h m. tan 45° =
BC
118 SOME APPLICATIONS OF TRIGONOMETRY
D
Consider a rt. ABE, we have
h AB
tan 60° =
A BE
h

20 m
 3 =
45° 60°
BE
C B
h
AB  BE = ...(i)
 1= 3
BC
Again, consider a rt. CDE, we have
 AB = BC
= 20 m ...(i) CD
tan 30° =
Again, consider rt. DBC, we have ED
BD 1 h
tan 60° =  = [cross-multiply]
BC 3 ED
AB+AD
 3 = [from (i)]  ED = h 3 ...(ii)
20
Now, add (i) and (ii), we have
 AB + AD = 20 3 [cross-multiply]
h
 20 + h = 20 3 BE + ED = + h 3
3
 h = 20 3 – 20
h
 h = 20 ( 3 – 1)  BD = + h 3
3
Hence, the required height of the tower is
h
20 ( 3 –1) m.  80 = + h 3
3
4. Two poles of equal heights are standing opposite [ BD = 80 m (given)]
to each other on either side of the road, which hh 3 3
is 80 m wide. From a point between them on  80 =
3
the road, the angles of elevation of the top of
the poles are 60° and 30° respectively. Find  80 3 = h (1 + 3)
the height of the poles and the distances of the  80 3 = 4h
point from the poles. 80 3
 h= = 20 3
Sol. Let us assume that AB = CD = h m be the heights 4
of the two poles on the road.  h = 20 3 m
A C  From (i), we have
h 20 3
BE = = = 20
h
3 3
h
 BE = 20 m
60° 30° And from (ii), we have
B E D ED = h 3 = ( 20 3 ) × 3
x (80 – x)
80 m = 20 × 3 = 60
 ED = 60 m
As width of the road = BD = 80 m
So, height of poles = h = 20 3 m and distances
AEB = 60° and CED = 30°
Let BE = x m DE = (80 – x) m of the point from the poles are 20 m and
60 m respectively.
SOME APPLICATIONS OF TRIGONOMETRY 119
5. A man in a boat rowing away from a lighthouse Sol. Let AB = h m be the height of the tower. Let C is
100 m high takes 2 minutes to change the angle point on ground and AD = 5 m be height of flag
of elevation of the top of the lighthouse from staff.
60° to 30°. Find the speed of the boat in metres Let BC = x m, ACB = 45° and  DCB = 60°
per minute. [Use 3 = 1.732] Consider rt. angled ABC, we have
Sol. Let CD be the lighthouse of height 100 m, A AB = tan 45°
and B are two positions of the boat such that BC
CBD = 30°, CAD = 60°. h
 =1  h=x ...(i)
Let speed of the boat be x m/minute. x
D
Distance between A and B = 2x metres.
C
Now, in ADC,
CD 5m
= tan 60° 100 m
AD
100 A
30° 60°
= 3
AD B A D
h
100
AD= m. 60°
3 45°
C
In BDC, xm
B
CD
= tan 30° Consider rt. angled CBD, we have
BD
BD
100 1 = tan 60°
= BC
BA  AD 3 h+5
1 100
100 1  = 3
x
 
= 
3 2 x  AD 3  h + 5= 3x
 100 3 = 2x + AD  h + 5= 3h [ from (i), h = x]
100  5= 3 h – h
100 3 = 2 x 
3  h ( 3 – 1) = 5
5 3 1
100 300 100 200  h= 
2x = 100 3    3 1 3 1
3 3 3
100 300  100 200 5( 3  1) 5 (1.732  1)
 
=  = =
3 1 2
3 3 3
5  2.732
100 100 3 100 1.732 = = 5 × 1.366
x=    2
3 3 3 = 6.83 m
100 100 3 100  1.732 7. From the top of a 7 m high building, the angle
 =  57.73 of elevation of the top of a cable tower is 60°
3 3
and the angle of depression of its foot is 45°.
Hence, the speed of the boat is 57.73 m/minute.
Determine the height of the tower.
6. A vertical tower is surmounted by a flag staff of
Sol. Let us assume that PQ is the building of height
height 5 metres. At a point on the ground, the
7 m and RS is the cable tower of height h m, such
angles of elevation of bottom and top of flag staff that RPT = 60°.
are 45° and 60° respectively. Find the height of
 TPS = 45° = QSP
the tower.
120 SOME APPLICATIONS OF TRIGONOMETRY

 PQ = 7 m = TS A

 RT = RS – TS = (h – 7) m
Let QS = x m
Consider a rt. PQS, we have
hm
PQ
tan 45° =
QS
7 45°
 1= [cross-multiply] 30°
x C D
2x m ym B
 x= 7 ...(i)
Now, PT = QS = x m = 7 m  CD = 2x m and BD = y m
R Consider rt. ABD, we have
AB
(h – 7) m

= tan 45°
BD
h
 y =1
hm

P 60°  h=y ...(i)

T
45° Consider rt. ABC, we have
AB
7m

= tan 30°
7m

BC
h 1
=
45°
2x  y 3
Q 3h = 2x + h [ From eq. (i) h = y]
S
x m
h ( 3  1) = 2x
Again, consider a rt. PTR, we have 2x 3 1
h= 
RT 3 1 3 1
tan 60° = 2 x ( 3  1)
PT h= = x ( 3  1)
2
h–7
 3 = [cross-multiply]  Height of the tower = ( 3  1) x m
7
9. The shadow of a tower standing on a level ground
 h – 7= 7 3 is found to be 40 m longer when the Sun’s
 h=7+ 7 3 altitude is 30° than when it was 60°. Find the
height of the tower. (Given 3 = 1.732)
 h = 7 ( 3  1) m Sol. Let CD be the tower of height h m, such that
Hence, the height of the cable tower is AB = 40 m, A = 30°, B = 60° and BC = x m.
7 ( 3  1) m. In rt. ed BCD,
8. The length of the shadow of a tower standing on CD
= tan 60°
level ground is found to be 2x metres longer when BC
h
the sun’s altitude is 30° than when it was 45°. = 3
x
Prove that the height of tower is ( 3  1)x h
metres.  x= m
3
Sol. Let AB = h m be height of tower and CB and DB In rt.ed ACD,
are its shadow when sun’s altitudes are 30° and 45° CD
= tan 30°
respectively. As ACB= 30° and ABC = 45° AC
SOME APPLICATIONS OF TRIGONOMETRY 121
h 1 CD
=  1=
40  x 3 BC
1  CD = BC ...(i)
h = (40 + x)
3 A
 h  1 40 h
=  40   = 
 3 3 3 3

1.6 m
D

TOWER hm

30° 60°
45°

60°
A xm C
40 m B
B C

h 40 Now, in rt. BCA, C = 90°, we have

h =
3 3 AC
tan 60° =
2 40 BC
h = AC
3 3  3 =  AC = 3 BC
BC
40 3 60 3  AD + CD = 3 BC
h=   
3 2 3 3  1.6 + CD = 3 CD
60 3  3 CD – CD = 1.6
=  20 3 [ BC = CD] [using (i)]
3
 ( 3 – 1) CD = 1.6
= 20(1.732)
1.6 1.6 ( 3  1)
= 34.64  CD = 
3  1 ( 3  1)( 3  1)
Hence, the height of the tower is 34.64 m. 1.6
10. A statue 1.6 m tall stands on the top of a = ( 3  1)
3 1
pedestal. From a point on the ground, the angle 1.6
of elevation of the top of the statue is 60° and = ( 3  1) m
2
from the same point the angle of elevation of = 0.8 ( 3  1) m
the top of the pedestal is 45°. Find the height
Hence, the height of the pedestal is 0.8 ( 3  1) m.
of the pedestal.
11. The angle of elevation of the top Q of a vertical
Sol. Let us assume that AD be the statue of height
tower PQ from a point X on the ground is 60°.
1.6 m and CD be the pedestal, such that
From a point Y, 40 m vertically above X, the
ABC = Angle of elevation of the top of statue angle of elevation of the top Q of tower is 45°.
= 60° Find the height of the tower PQ and the distance
DBC = Angle of elevation of the top of pedestal PX. (Use 3 =1.73)
= 45°
Sol. Let us consider the height of the tower PQ
Consider a rt. BCD, right-angled at C, we have be h m.
CD Let X and Y respectively denote the initial and
tan 45° = second point of observation,
BC
122 SOME APPLICATIONS OF TRIGONOMETRY

Here, QXP = 60°, QYR = 45° and 12. The angles of depression of the top and bottom
XY = PR = 40 m of a 50 m high building from the top of a
Consider a rt. ed QXP, tower are 45° and 60° respectively. Find the
height of the tower and the horizontal distance
PQ
= tan 60° between the tower and the building.
XP
(Use 3 = 1.73)
h
 = 3 h = 3 XP m ...(i) Sol. Let AB be the building of height 50 m with A as
XP
bottom and B as its top. Let CD be the tower of
Q
(h – 40) m
height h m, such that CAD = 60°, CBE = 45°,
AB = 50 m = DE C
CE = CD – DE
45° 45°
R = (h – 50) m
Y 60°
Consider rt. ed ADC,

(h-50) m
hm CD
= tan 60°
40 m

AD
40 m
hm
45°
B E
60°

50 m

50 m
X P
Again, consider a rt. ed QYR,
60°
QR
= tan 45° A D
YR h
h – 40 = 3 h= 3 AD ...(i)
=1 AD
XP Again, in rt. ed BEC,
 h – 40 = XP
 h = 40 + XP ...(ii) CE
= tan 45°
From (i) and (ii), we have BE
h  50
=1 [ BE = AD]
40 + XP = 3 XP AD
 ( 3 – 1)XP = 40 h – 50 = AD
h = 50 + AD ...(ii)
40
 XP = From (i) and (ii), we have
3 1
40 3 1 3 AD = 50 + AD
 XP = 
3 1 3 1  ( 3  1) AD = 50

= 20( 3  1) m 50 50 3 1
 AD =  
= 20(1.73 + 1) 3 1 3 1 3 1
= 54.6 m. 50 ( 3  1) 50 (1.73  1)
= =
From eqn. (i), we obtain 3 1 2
= 25 × 2.73 = 68.25 m
h= 3 {20( 3  1)}
From (i), we obtain
= 20(3  3) m
= 20 (3 + 1.73) = 94.6 m h= 3 (68.25)
Hence, the height of the tower is 94.6 m and the = 1.73 (68.25)
distance of the tower and the first point of = 118.07 m
observation i.e., XP is 54.6 m.
SOME APPLICATIONS OF TRIGONOMETRY 123
Hence, the height of the tower is 118.07 m and Putting the value of x in (i), we have
the horizontal distance between the tower and the 1 3
building is 68.25 m. h= 3 = km
4 4
13. From an aeroplane vertically above a straight 3
 Height of aeroplane = km
horizontal road, the angles of depression of two 4
14. A bird is sitting on the top of a 80 m high tree.
consecutive kilometre stones on opposite sides of
From a point on the ground, the angle of
the aeroplane are observed to be 60° and 30°
elevation of the bird is 45°. The bird flies away
show that height (in metres) of aeroplane above
horizontally in such a way that it remained at a
3 constant height from the ground. After 2 seconds,
the road is km.
4
the angle of elevation of the bird from the same
Sol. Let AD = h km be the height of aeroplane
point is 30°. Find the speed of flying of the bird.
above the road and B, C are positions of two stones
on the road. So ABD = 60°, ACB = 30°, (Take 3 = 1.732).
BC = 1 km. Sol. Let AB be the tree of height 80 m. A and C be the
A two positions of the bird, such that:
60° 30° APB = 45°, CPD= 30°,
AB = CD = 80 m and time taken by the bird to
h move from A to C is 2 seconds.
Consider rt. ed PBA,
30° AB
B C = tan 45°
D
x (1 – x) PB
1
80
Let BD = x km, then CD = (1 – x) km = 1 PB = 80 m
PB
Consider a rt. ABD, we have
Again consider rt.ed PDC,
AD
= tan 60°
BD CD
= tan 30°
h PD
 = 3
x
80 1
 h= 3x ...(i) =
PB  BD 3
Now, consider a rt. ACD, we have
AD 80 1
= tan 30° =
CD 80  BD 3
h
 = 1
1 x 3 BD = 80 3 – 80

 3h = 1 – x = 80 (1.732 – 1)
= 80 (0.732) = 58.56 m
 3  3x = 1 – x [using (i)]
 3x = 1 – x Distance covered by the bird in 2 seconds = 58.56 m
 4x = 1 58.56
Now, the speed of flying of the bird =
1 2
 x= km
4 = 29.28 m/sec.
124 SOME APPLICATIONS OF TRIGONOMETRY

15. The angle of elevation of an aeroplane from a

point on the ground is 60°. After a flight of 30 3600 3
 = 3
seconds, the angle of elevation changes to 30°. OC
If the plane is flying at a constant height of  OC = 3600 m
3600 3 m, find the speed of the plane in Consider a rt. OBD, we have
km/hour.
Sol. Let OX be horizontal ground. Let A and B be the BD
= tan 30°
two positions of the aeroplane and let O is the OD
point of observation.
A B 3600 3 1
=
OC 3
 OD = 3600 × 3 = 10800 m
Distance covered by plane in 30 seconds = CD
3600 3 m
= OD – OC
3600 3 m
= 10800 – 3600 = 7200 m
60°
30°
O X Distance covered
C D Speed of plane =
Time taken
 AOC = 60°, BOD = 30°
AC = BD = 3600 3 m 7200
=
Consider a rt. OAC, we have 30
7200 60  60
AC = × = 864 km/h
= tan 60° 30 1000
OC
APPLICATION BASED QUESTIONS (Solved)
1. A 1.2 m tall girl spots a balloon moving with the AB = DE = GH = 1.2 m
wind in a horizontal line at a height of 88.2 m CAG = 60°, FAG = 30°
from the ground. The angle of elevation of the Now, CD = FG = 88.2 – 1.2 = 87 m
Consider a rt. ADC, D = 90°, CAD = 60°,
we have
CD 87
= tan 60°   3
AD AD
87
 AD = m ...(i)
88·2 m

3
60°
C F
30°

balloon from the eyes of the girl at any instant is

87 m

60°. After sometime, the angle of elevation

88·2 m

reduces to 30° (see fig.). Find the distance 60°

travelled by the balloon during the interval. 30° D
A G
Sol. Let C and F be the two positions of the balloon. 1·2 m 1·2 m
Let AB be the height of the girl, such that B E H
SOME APPLICATIONS OF TRIGONOMETRY 125
Again, consider a rt. AGF, h 120
AB = ...(ii)
G = 90°, FAG = 30°, we have 3
FG From equations (i) and (ii), we have
= tan 30°
AG h 120
3h=
87 1 3
 = 3h = h + 120
AG 3
 AG = 87 3 m ...(ii) 2h = 120
Thus, EH = DG = AG – AD  h = 60
87  Height of cloud = BC + BE
= 87 3  = 60 + 60
3
[using (i) and (ii)] = 120 m.
87  3  87 174  3 3. A boy of height 1.3 m spots a balloon moving with
= = the wind in a horizontal level at some height from
3 3 3
the ground. The angle of elevation of the balloon
174 from the eyes of the boy at any instant is 60°. After
=  3 = 58 3 m
3 2 seconds, the angle of elevation reduces to 30°. If
Hence, distance travelled by the balloon during
the speed of the wind at that moment is 29 3 m/
the interval is 58 3 m.
s, then find the height of the balloon from the
2. The angle of elevation of a cloud from a point 60 m ground.
above a lake is 30° and the angle of depression of
the reflection of the cloud is 60°. Find the height of Sol. Let AB be the position of boy, P and Q be the two
cloud. positions of the balloon, such that AB = 1.3 m,
Sol. Let A be point of observation and C be position of PAE = 60°, QAE = 30° and speed of the
cloud let DE be surface of the lake and C  be balloon = 29 3 m/s.
reflection of C in the lake. C  ED = FC = AB = 1.3 m
CAB = 30° hm P Q
and C AB = 60° 30°
A B
Let BC = h m 60°
60 m
60 m

E
D
h + 60 m

A 60° 30° F E
1.3m
B C D
Distance covered by the balloon in 2 seconds
C
BC = 2  29 3  58 3 m  FE
In rt. ABC, = tan 30°
AB Consider rt. ed AFP,
h 1 PF
= = tan 60°
AB 3 AF
AB = 3 h ...(i) PF
PF = 3 AF  AF 
C B 3
In rt. ABC = tan 60° Consider rt. ed AEQ,
AB
QE
h  60  60 = tan 30°
= 3 AE
AB 1
( BC = BE + EC) QE = AE 
3
126 SOME APPLICATIONS OF TRIGONOMETRY

1 3
QE = (AF  FE)  PF = 58 
3 2
 PF  1 PF = 87 m
PF =   58 3  
3  3 Now PC = PF + FC
= 87 + 1.3
[ QE = PF]
PF = 88.3 m
PF =  58 Hence, the height of the balloon is 88.3 m.
3
 1
PF 1   = 58
 3

ANALYZING, EVALUATING & CREATING TYPE QUESTIONS (Solved)

1. From the top of a tower h m high, the angles = AB cot  ...(ii)
of depression of two objects, which are in line Subtracting (i) from (ii), we obtain
with the foot of the tower, are  and  ( > ). PQ = AB cot  – AB cot 
Find the distance between the two objects.
PQ = AB (cot  – cot )
Sol. Let AB be the tower of height h m, P and Q be PQ = h(cot  – cot )
the two points in line with the foot of the tower
2. A spherical balloon of radius ‘r’ subtends an
AB, such that
angle  at the eye of an observer. If the angle
APB = and AQB =  of elevation of its centre is , find the height
A
 of the centre of the balloon.

Sol. Let A be the centre of the balloon (spherical)
whose radius is r.
D

A
hm r

h
  
2 
P Q B 2

Consider rt. ed QBA, 
P B
AB Let AB be the height of the balloon i.e., h units,
= tan 
QB such that
1 DPC = , APB = 
QB = AB.
tan  Since PDA and PCA are congruent,
= AB cot  ...(i) 
therefore APC = APD = .
Again consider rt. ed PBA, 2
AB In rt. ed PCA,
= tan 
PB AC 
AB = sin
= tan  AP 2
PQ  QB 1 
1  AP = AC  r.cosec
 PQ + QB = AB.  2
tan  sin
2
SOME APPLICATIONS OF TRIGONOMETRY 127
Consider rt. ed PBA, we have h
h = p tan  + . tan 
AB tan 
= sin 
AP  tan  
h 1  = p tan 
AB = AP.sin 
 tan  

h = r.cosec .sin   tan   tan  
2 h
tan   = p tan 
  
or h = r sin  .cosec p tan  .tan 
2 h=
3. The angle of elevation of the top of a tower as tan   tan 
observed from a point on the ground is  and 4. A ladder rests against a vertical wall at an
on moving p m towards the tower, the angle of inclination  to the horizontal. Its foot is pulled
elevation is  . Prove that the height of the away from the wall through a distance ‘a’ so
p tan  .tan  that its upper end slides a distance ‘b’ down
tower is . the wall and then the ladder makes an angle 
tan   tan 
to the horizontal. Show that:
Sol. Let PQ be the tower of height h m, such that
PRQ = , PSQ = , RS = p m, where R a cos   cos 

and S are two points of observations on b sin   sin 
ground. Sol. Let PB and AR be the two positions of the ladder
P
such that PB = AR = d, PBQ = ,
RAQ = , PR = b and AB = a.

b
hm
R

 
Q
R pm S

Consider rt. ed SQP, 


PQ A a B Q
SQ = tan 
PQ = SQ tan  Consider rt. ed BQP,
 h = SQ tan  PQ
= sin 
h PB
 SQ = ...(i)
tan   PR + RQ = d sin 
Consider rt. ed RQP,  b + RQ = d sin  ...(i)
PQ BQ
RQ = tan 
And = cos 
PB
PQ = RQ tan   BQ = PB cos 
PQ = (RS + SQ) tan   BQ = d cos  ...(ii)
128 SOME APPLICATIONS OF TRIGONOMETRY

Consider rt. ed AQR,  b = d (sin  – sin ) ...(v)

RQ From (ii) and (iv), we obtain
= sin  a + d cos  = d cos 
AR
 RQ = AR sin   a = d (cos  – cos ) ...(vi)
 RQ = d sin  ...(iii) Dividing (vi) by (v), we have
AQ a d (cos   cos  )
And = cos  =
AR b d (sin   sin  )

 AB + BQ = d cos  a cos   cos 

 =
 a + BQ = d cos  ...(iv) b sin   sin 
From (i) and (iii), we obtain
b + d sin  = d sin 

NOTES
SOME APPLICATIONS OF TRIGONOMETRY 129

ASSIGNMENT-I
Q.1. A pole 6 m high casts a shadow 2 3 m long on the ground, then the sun’s elevation is:
(a) 60° (b) 45°
(c) 30° (d) 90°
Q.2. The angle of depression of a car parked on the road from the top of 150 m high tower is 30°. The distance
of the car from the tower (in metres) is:
(a) 50 3 (b) 150 3
(c) 150 2 (d) 75
Q.3. The angle formed by the line of sight and the horizontal plane for an object below the horizontal.
(a) Angle of elevation (b) Angle of depression
(c) Line of sight (d) None of the above
Q.4. A straight line along which an observer has unobstructed vision?
(a) Angle of elevation (b) Angle of depression
(c) Line of sight (d) None of the above
Q.5. The ratio of the height of a tower and the length of its shadow on the ground is 3 : 1. The angle of
elevation of the sun is:
(a) 30° (b) 45°
(c) 60° (d) None of these
Q.6. In the given figure, a tower AB is 20 m high and BC, its shadow on the ground, is 20 3 m long. The Sun’s
altitude is:
A

20 m


B 20 3 C

(a) 30° (b) 45°

(c) 60° (d) None of these

Q.7. A ladder leaning against a wall, makes an angle of 60° with the horizontal. If the foot of the ladder is 2.5 m
away from the wall, the length of the ladder is:
(a) 3 m (b) 4 m
(c) 5 m (d) 6 m
Q.8. A circus artist is climbing a 20 m long rope which is tightly stretched and tied from the top of vertical pole
to the ground. The height of the pole if the angle made by rope with ground level is 30° is:
(a) 10 m (b) 20 m
(c) 30 m (d) 40 m
Q.9. The angle of depression of a car parked on the road from the top of a 150 m high tower is 30°. The distance
of the car from the top of the tower (in m) is:
(a) 150 3 m (b) 100 m
(c) 150 m (d) 300 m
130 SOME APPLICATIONS OF TRIGONOMETRY

Q.10. An observer, 1.7 m tall, is 20 3 m away from a tower. The angle of elevation from the eye of observer to the
top of tower is 30°. The height of the tower is _____.
Q.11. An airplane when flying at a height of 4000 m from the ground passes vertically above another airplane at
an instant when the angles of the elevation of two planes from the same point on the ground are 60° and
45° respectively. The vertical distance between the airplanes at that instant is _______.
Q.12. At a point A, 20 metre above the level of water in a lake, the angle of elevation of a cloud is 30°. The angle
of depression of the reflection of the cloud in the lake, at A is 60°. The distance of the cloud from A
is _______.
Q.13. A boy observes that the angle of elevation of a bird flying at a distance of 100 m is 30°. At same time, a girl
finds the angle of elevation of the same bird from a building 20 m high is 45°. The distance of the bird from
the girl is ________.
Q.14. The angle of elevation of a cliff from a fixed point is . After going up a distance of k metres towards the top
of the cliff at an angle of , it is found that the angle of elevation is . The height of the cliff is ______.
Q.15. A round balloon of radius r subtends an angle  at the eye of the observer while the angle of elevation of its
centre is . The height of the centre of the balloon is ______.

NOTES
SOME APPLICATIONS OF TRIGONOMETRY 131

Unit Test–4
Time - 1 hour M.Marks: 40

SECTION-A 9. In fig., AB is a 6 m high pole and CD is a ladder

Question Numbers 1 to 3 are multiple choice inclined at an angle of 60° to the horizontal and
questions (MCQs) of 1 mark each. reaches up to a point D of pole. If AD = 2.54 m,
find the length of the ladder. (use 3 = 1.73)
1. Value of (1 + tan  + sec ) (1 + cot  – cosec ) A
is:
(A) 1 (B) –1 2.54 m

(C) 0 (D) 2
2. If two towers of height x and y subtend angles of 6 mD

30° and 60° respectively at the centre of a line

joining their feet, then x : y =
(A) 3 : 1 (B) 1 : 3
60°
B C
(C) 1: 3 (D) 3 :1
3. If x = 3sec2  – 1, y = tan2  – 2, then x – 3y is 10. In figure, PS = 3 cm, QS = 4 cm, PRQ = ,
equal to: PSQ = 90°, PQ RQ and RQ = 9 cm. Evaluate
tan . P
(A) 3 (B) 4 (C) 8 (D) 5
3 cm
Question Numbers 4 to 5, fill in the S
blanks of 1 mark each.
4 cm
2 1
4. sin    .......... . 
1  tan 2  R 9 cm Q
5. A tower stands vertically on the ground. From a
point on the ground, which is 100 m away from SECTION-B
the foot of the tower, the angle of elevation of the Question Numbers 11 to 15 carry 2 marks each.
top of the tower is found to be 60°, then the height
ab
of the tower is ................... . 11. If tan = , find the value of sin .
ab
Question Numbers 6 to 10 are very short answer 12. Evaluate:
type questions of 1 mark each.
(tan 60)2  4 cos2 45  4 cosec 2 60  2 cos2 90
6. If sin (x – 20)° = cos (3x – 10)°, then find the .
7
value of x. 2 cosec 30  3 sec 60  cot 2 30
3
7. If sin  – cos  = 0, then find the value of
sin4 + cos4 . 2mn
13. If sin = ,
m2  n2
8. If sin A + cosec A = 2, then find the value of
sin2 A + cosec2 A. sin  cot 
then show that: = 1.
cos 
132 SOME APPLICATIONS OF TRIGONOMETRY

14. A bird is sitting on the top of a tree, which is 10 m 18. A group of students were given triangular
high. The angle of elevation of the bird, from a cardboard pieces LMN to write slogan on “Global
point on the ground is 45°. The bird flies away Warming” such that M = 90°, LN = 24 cm and
from the point of observation horizontally and MN = 7 cm.
remains at a constant height. After 2 secs, covering Based on this information, answer the following
a distance of 58.56 m, the angle of elevation of questions:
the bird from the point of observation becomes . (i) Find the value of cos L × sin L.
Based on the figure related to above information, 2 tan L
(ii) Find the value of .
answer the following questions: 1  tan 2 L
A 58.56 m C
19. The length of the shadow of a tower standing on
level ground is found to be 2x metres longer when
80 m the sun’s altitude is 30° than when it was 45°.
Prove that the height of tower is ( 3  1)x metres.
80 m

SECTION-D
 Question Numbers 20 to 21 carry 4 marks each.
45°
P B D

(i) In the figure, find the angle , if distance of p2  1

20. If sec  + tan  = p, show that: = sin .
the bird from the point of observation is 160 m. p2  1
(ii) Find the speed of the bird.
21. A boy of height 1.3 m spots a balloon moving
15. Prove that: sin6  + cos6  = 1 – 3 sin2  cos2  with the wind in a horizontal level at some height
SECTION-C from the ground. The angle of elevation of the
Question Numbers 16 to 19 carry 3 marks each. balloon from the eyes of the boy at any instant is
60°. After 2 seconds, the angle of elevation
16. Prove that:
reduces to 30°. If the speed of the wind at that
sin  – cos  sin +cos  2
+ = . moment is 29 3 m/s, then find the height of the
sin +cos  sin  – cos  2 sin 2  –1
balloon from the ground.
17. Prove that: (sin  + cosec )2 + (cos  + sec )2
= 7 + tan2  + cot2 .

NOTES